]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
bbf6f052 RK |
1 | /* Convert tree expression to rtl instructions, for GNU compiler. |
2 | Copyright (C) 1988, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
3 | ||
4 | This file is part of GNU CC. | |
5 | ||
6 | GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
9 | any later version. | |
10 | ||
11 | GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | ||
16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 | along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
18 | the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ | |
19 | ||
20 | ||
21 | #include "config.h" | |
22 | #include "rtl.h" | |
23 | #include "tree.h" | |
24 | #include "flags.h" | |
25 | #include "function.h" | |
26 | #include "insn-flags.h" | |
27 | #include "insn-codes.h" | |
28 | #include "expr.h" | |
29 | #include "insn-config.h" | |
30 | #include "recog.h" | |
31 | #include "output.h" | |
32 | #include "gvarargs.h" | |
33 | #include "typeclass.h" | |
34 | ||
35 | #define CEIL(x,y) (((x) + (y) - 1) / (y)) | |
36 | ||
37 | /* Decide whether a function's arguments should be processed | |
38 | from first to last or from last to first. */ | |
39 | ||
40 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
41 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
42 | #define PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED /* If it's last to first */ | |
43 | #endif | |
44 | #endif | |
45 | ||
46 | #ifndef STACK_PUSH_CODE | |
47 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
48 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_DEC | |
49 | #else | |
50 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_INC | |
51 | #endif | |
52 | #endif | |
53 | ||
54 | /* Like STACK_BOUNDARY but in units of bytes, not bits. */ | |
55 | #define STACK_BYTES (STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
56 | ||
57 | /* If this is nonzero, we do not bother generating VOLATILE | |
58 | around volatile memory references, and we are willing to | |
59 | output indirect addresses. If cse is to follow, we reject | |
60 | indirect addresses so a useful potential cse is generated; | |
61 | if it is used only once, instruction combination will produce | |
62 | the same indirect address eventually. */ | |
63 | int cse_not_expected; | |
64 | ||
65 | /* Nonzero to generate code for all the subroutines within an | |
66 | expression before generating the upper levels of the expression. | |
67 | Nowadays this is never zero. */ | |
68 | int do_preexpand_calls = 1; | |
69 | ||
70 | /* Number of units that we should eventually pop off the stack. | |
71 | These are the arguments to function calls that have already returned. */ | |
72 | int pending_stack_adjust; | |
73 | ||
74 | /* Nonzero means stack pops must not be deferred, and deferred stack | |
75 | pops must not be output. It is nonzero inside a function call, | |
76 | inside a conditional expression, inside a statement expression, | |
77 | and in other cases as well. */ | |
78 | int inhibit_defer_pop; | |
79 | ||
80 | /* A list of all cleanups which belong to the arguments of | |
81 | function calls being expanded by expand_call. */ | |
82 | tree cleanups_this_call; | |
83 | ||
84 | /* Nonzero means __builtin_saveregs has already been done in this function. | |
85 | The value is the pseudoreg containing the value __builtin_saveregs | |
86 | returned. */ | |
87 | static rtx saveregs_value; | |
88 | ||
89 | rtx store_expr (); | |
90 | static void store_constructor (); | |
91 | static rtx store_field (); | |
92 | static rtx expand_builtin (); | |
93 | static rtx compare (); | |
94 | static rtx do_store_flag (); | |
95 | static void preexpand_calls (); | |
96 | static rtx expand_increment (); | |
97 | static void init_queue (); | |
98 | ||
99 | void do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
100 | static void do_jump_for_compare (); | |
101 | static void do_jump_by_parts_equality (); | |
102 | static void do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (); | |
103 | static void do_jump_by_parts_greater (); | |
104 | ||
4fa52007 RK |
105 | /* Record for each mode whether we can move a register directly to or |
106 | from an object of that mode in memory. If we can't, we won't try | |
107 | to use that mode directly when accessing a field of that mode. */ | |
108 | ||
109 | static char direct_load[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
110 | static char direct_store[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
111 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
112 | /* MOVE_RATIO is the number of move instructions that is better than |
113 | a block move. */ | |
114 | ||
115 | #ifndef MOVE_RATIO | |
266007a7 | 116 | #if defined (HAVE_movstrqi) || defined (HAVE_movstrhi) || defined (HAVE_movstrsi) || defined (HAVE_movstrdi) || defined (HAVE_movstrti) |
bbf6f052 RK |
117 | #define MOVE_RATIO 2 |
118 | #else | |
119 | /* A value of around 6 would minimize code size; infinity would minimize | |
120 | execution time. */ | |
121 | #define MOVE_RATIO 15 | |
122 | #endif | |
123 | #endif | |
e87b4f3f | 124 | |
266007a7 RK |
125 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block moves. */ |
126 | static enum insn_code movstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
127 | ||
e87b4f3f RS |
128 | /* SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is non-zero if unaligned accesses are very slow. */ |
129 | ||
130 | #ifndef SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
131 | #define SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS 0 | |
132 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 133 | \f |
4fa52007 | 134 | /* This is run once per compilation to set up which modes can be used |
266007a7 | 135 | directly in memory and to initialize the block move optab. */ |
4fa52007 RK |
136 | |
137 | void | |
138 | init_expr_once () | |
139 | { | |
140 | rtx insn, pat; | |
141 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
142 | rtx mem = gen_rtx (MEM, VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx); | |
143 | ||
144 | start_sequence (); | |
145 | insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx (SET, 0, 0)); | |
146 | pat = PATTERN (insn); | |
147 | ||
148 | for (mode = VOIDmode; (int) mode < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; | |
149 | mode = (enum machine_mode) ((int) mode + 1)) | |
150 | { | |
151 | int regno; | |
152 | rtx reg; | |
153 | int num_clobbers; | |
154 | ||
155 | direct_load[(int) mode] = direct_store[(int) mode] = 0; | |
156 | PUT_MODE (mem, mode); | |
157 | ||
158 | /* Find a register that can be used in this mode, if any. */ | |
159 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
160 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)) | |
161 | break; | |
162 | ||
163 | if (regno == FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
164 | continue; | |
165 | ||
166 | reg = gen_rtx (REG, mode, regno); | |
167 | ||
168 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem; | |
169 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
170 | direct_load[(int) mode] = (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers)) >= 0; | |
171 | ||
172 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; | |
173 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem; | |
174 | direct_store[(int) mode] = (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers)) >= 0; | |
266007a7 RK |
175 | |
176 | movstr_optab[(int) mode] = CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
4fa52007 RK |
177 | } |
178 | ||
179 | end_sequence (); | |
266007a7 RK |
180 | |
181 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrqi | |
182 | if (HAVE_movstrqi) | |
183 | movstr_optab[(int) QImode] = CODE_FOR_movstrqi; | |
184 | #endif | |
185 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrhi | |
186 | if (HAVE_movstrhi) | |
187 | movstr_optab[(int) HImode] = CODE_FOR_movstrhi; | |
188 | #endif | |
189 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrsi | |
190 | if (HAVE_movstrsi) | |
191 | movstr_optab[(int) SImode] = CODE_FOR_movstrsi; | |
192 | #endif | |
193 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrdi | |
194 | if (HAVE_movstrdi) | |
195 | movstr_optab[(int) DImode] = CODE_FOR_movstrdi; | |
196 | #endif | |
197 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrti | |
198 | if (HAVE_movstrti) | |
199 | movstr_optab[(int) TImode] = CODE_FOR_movstrti; | |
200 | #endif | |
4fa52007 RK |
201 | } |
202 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
203 | /* This is run at the start of compiling a function. */ |
204 | ||
205 | void | |
206 | init_expr () | |
207 | { | |
208 | init_queue (); | |
209 | ||
210 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
211 | inhibit_defer_pop = 0; | |
212 | cleanups_this_call = 0; | |
213 | saveregs_value = 0; | |
e87b4f3f | 214 | forced_labels = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
215 | } |
216 | ||
217 | /* Save all variables describing the current status into the structure *P. | |
218 | This is used before starting a nested function. */ | |
219 | ||
220 | void | |
221 | save_expr_status (p) | |
222 | struct function *p; | |
223 | { | |
224 | /* Instead of saving the postincrement queue, empty it. */ | |
225 | emit_queue (); | |
226 | ||
227 | p->pending_stack_adjust = pending_stack_adjust; | |
228 | p->inhibit_defer_pop = inhibit_defer_pop; | |
229 | p->cleanups_this_call = cleanups_this_call; | |
230 | p->saveregs_value = saveregs_value; | |
e87b4f3f | 231 | p->forced_labels = forced_labels; |
bbf6f052 RK |
232 | |
233 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
234 | inhibit_defer_pop = 0; | |
235 | cleanups_this_call = 0; | |
236 | saveregs_value = 0; | |
e87b4f3f | 237 | forced_labels = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
238 | } |
239 | ||
240 | /* Restore all variables describing the current status from the structure *P. | |
241 | This is used after a nested function. */ | |
242 | ||
243 | void | |
244 | restore_expr_status (p) | |
245 | struct function *p; | |
246 | { | |
247 | pending_stack_adjust = p->pending_stack_adjust; | |
248 | inhibit_defer_pop = p->inhibit_defer_pop; | |
249 | cleanups_this_call = p->cleanups_this_call; | |
250 | saveregs_value = p->saveregs_value; | |
e87b4f3f | 251 | forced_labels = p->forced_labels; |
bbf6f052 RK |
252 | } |
253 | \f | |
254 | /* Manage the queue of increment instructions to be output | |
255 | for POSTINCREMENT_EXPR expressions, etc. */ | |
256 | ||
257 | static rtx pending_chain; | |
258 | ||
259 | /* Queue up to increment (or change) VAR later. BODY says how: | |
260 | BODY should be the same thing you would pass to emit_insn | |
261 | to increment right away. It will go to emit_insn later on. | |
262 | ||
263 | The value is a QUEUED expression to be used in place of VAR | |
264 | where you want to guarantee the pre-incrementation value of VAR. */ | |
265 | ||
266 | static rtx | |
267 | enqueue_insn (var, body) | |
268 | rtx var, body; | |
269 | { | |
270 | pending_chain = gen_rtx (QUEUED, GET_MODE (var), | |
906c4e36 | 271 | var, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, body, pending_chain); |
bbf6f052 RK |
272 | return pending_chain; |
273 | } | |
274 | ||
275 | /* Use protect_from_queue to convert a QUEUED expression | |
276 | into something that you can put immediately into an instruction. | |
277 | If the queued incrementation has not happened yet, | |
278 | protect_from_queue returns the variable itself. | |
279 | If the incrementation has happened, protect_from_queue returns a temp | |
280 | that contains a copy of the old value of the variable. | |
281 | ||
282 | Any time an rtx which might possibly be a QUEUED is to be put | |
283 | into an instruction, it must be passed through protect_from_queue first. | |
284 | QUEUED expressions are not meaningful in instructions. | |
285 | ||
286 | Do not pass a value through protect_from_queue and then hold | |
287 | on to it for a while before putting it in an instruction! | |
288 | If the queue is flushed in between, incorrect code will result. */ | |
289 | ||
290 | rtx | |
291 | protect_from_queue (x, modify) | |
292 | register rtx x; | |
293 | int modify; | |
294 | { | |
295 | register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); | |
296 | ||
297 | #if 0 /* A QUEUED can hang around after the queue is forced out. */ | |
298 | /* Shortcut for most common case. */ | |
299 | if (pending_chain == 0) | |
300 | return x; | |
301 | #endif | |
302 | ||
303 | if (code != QUEUED) | |
304 | { | |
305 | /* A special hack for read access to (MEM (QUEUED ...)) | |
306 | to facilitate use of autoincrement. | |
307 | Make a copy of the contents of the memory location | |
308 | rather than a copy of the address, but not | |
309 | if the value is of mode BLKmode. */ | |
310 | if (code == MEM && GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode | |
311 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == QUEUED && !modify) | |
312 | { | |
313 | register rtx y = XEXP (x, 0); | |
314 | XEXP (x, 0) = QUEUED_VAR (y); | |
315 | if (QUEUED_INSN (y)) | |
316 | { | |
317 | register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (x)); | |
318 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, x), | |
319 | QUEUED_INSN (y)); | |
320 | return temp; | |
321 | } | |
322 | return x; | |
323 | } | |
324 | /* Otherwise, recursively protect the subexpressions of all | |
325 | the kinds of rtx's that can contain a QUEUED. */ | |
326 | if (code == MEM) | |
327 | XEXP (x, 0) = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); | |
328 | else if (code == PLUS || code == MULT) | |
329 | { | |
330 | XEXP (x, 0) = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); | |
331 | XEXP (x, 1) = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 1), 0); | |
332 | } | |
333 | return x; | |
334 | } | |
335 | /* If the increment has not happened, use the variable itself. */ | |
336 | if (QUEUED_INSN (x) == 0) | |
337 | return QUEUED_VAR (x); | |
338 | /* If the increment has happened and a pre-increment copy exists, | |
339 | use that copy. */ | |
340 | if (QUEUED_COPY (x) != 0) | |
341 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
342 | /* The increment has happened but we haven't set up a pre-increment copy. | |
343 | Set one up now, and use it. */ | |
344 | QUEUED_COPY (x) = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (QUEUED_VAR (x))); | |
345 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (QUEUED_COPY (x), QUEUED_VAR (x)), | |
346 | QUEUED_INSN (x)); | |
347 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
348 | } | |
349 | ||
350 | /* Return nonzero if X contains a QUEUED expression: | |
351 | if it contains anything that will be altered by a queued increment. | |
352 | We handle only combinations of MEM, PLUS, MINUS and MULT operators | |
353 | since memory addresses generally contain only those. */ | |
354 | ||
355 | static int | |
356 | queued_subexp_p (x) | |
357 | rtx x; | |
358 | { | |
359 | register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); | |
360 | switch (code) | |
361 | { | |
362 | case QUEUED: | |
363 | return 1; | |
364 | case MEM: | |
365 | return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
366 | case MULT: | |
367 | case PLUS: | |
368 | case MINUS: | |
369 | return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)) | |
370 | || queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 1)); | |
371 | } | |
372 | return 0; | |
373 | } | |
374 | ||
375 | /* Perform all the pending incrementations. */ | |
376 | ||
377 | void | |
378 | emit_queue () | |
379 | { | |
380 | register rtx p; | |
381 | while (p = pending_chain) | |
382 | { | |
383 | QUEUED_INSN (p) = emit_insn (QUEUED_BODY (p)); | |
384 | pending_chain = QUEUED_NEXT (p); | |
385 | } | |
386 | } | |
387 | ||
388 | static void | |
389 | init_queue () | |
390 | { | |
391 | if (pending_chain) | |
392 | abort (); | |
393 | } | |
394 | \f | |
395 | /* Copy data from FROM to TO, where the machine modes are not the same. | |
396 | Both modes may be integer, or both may be floating. | |
397 | UNSIGNEDP should be nonzero if FROM is an unsigned type. | |
398 | This causes zero-extension instead of sign-extension. */ | |
399 | ||
400 | void | |
401 | convert_move (to, from, unsignedp) | |
402 | register rtx to, from; | |
403 | int unsignedp; | |
404 | { | |
405 | enum machine_mode to_mode = GET_MODE (to); | |
406 | enum machine_mode from_mode = GET_MODE (from); | |
407 | int to_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
408 | int from_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
409 | enum insn_code code; | |
410 | rtx libcall; | |
411 | ||
412 | /* rtx code for making an equivalent value. */ | |
413 | enum rtx_code equiv_code = (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND); | |
414 | ||
415 | to = protect_from_queue (to, 1); | |
416 | from = protect_from_queue (from, 0); | |
417 | ||
418 | if (to_real != from_real) | |
419 | abort (); | |
420 | ||
421 | if (to_mode == from_mode | |
422 | || (from_mode == VOIDmode && CONSTANT_P (from))) | |
423 | { | |
424 | emit_move_insn (to, from); | |
425 | return; | |
426 | } | |
427 | ||
428 | if (to_real) | |
429 | { | |
430 | #ifdef HAVE_extendsfdf2 | |
431 | if (HAVE_extendsfdf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
432 | { | |
433 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendsfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
434 | return; | |
435 | } | |
436 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
437 | #ifdef HAVE_extendsfxf2 |
438 | if (HAVE_extendsfxf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == XFmode) | |
439 | { | |
440 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendsfxf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
441 | return; | |
442 | } | |
443 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
444 | #ifdef HAVE_extendsftf2 |
445 | if (HAVE_extendsftf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == TFmode) | |
446 | { | |
447 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendsftf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
448 | return; | |
449 | } | |
450 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
451 | #ifdef HAVE_extenddfxf2 |
452 | if (HAVE_extenddfxf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == XFmode) | |
453 | { | |
454 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extenddfxf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
455 | return; | |
456 | } | |
457 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
458 | #ifdef HAVE_extenddftf2 |
459 | if (HAVE_extenddftf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == TFmode) | |
460 | { | |
461 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extenddftf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
462 | return; | |
463 | } | |
464 | #endif | |
465 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfsf2 | |
466 | if (HAVE_truncdfsf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
467 | { | |
468 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
469 | return; | |
470 | } | |
471 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
472 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfsf2 |
473 | if (HAVE_truncxfsf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
474 | { | |
475 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
476 | return; | |
477 | } | |
478 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
479 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfsf2 |
480 | if (HAVE_trunctfsf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
481 | { | |
482 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
483 | return; | |
484 | } | |
485 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
486 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfdf2 |
487 | if (HAVE_truncxfdf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
488 | { | |
489 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
490 | return; | |
491 | } | |
492 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
493 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfdf2 |
494 | if (HAVE_trunctfdf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
495 | { | |
496 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
497 | return; | |
498 | } | |
499 | #endif | |
500 | ||
b092b471 JW |
501 | libcall = (rtx) 0; |
502 | switch (from_mode) | |
503 | { | |
504 | case SFmode: | |
505 | switch (to_mode) | |
506 | { | |
507 | case DFmode: | |
508 | libcall = extendsfdf2_libfunc; | |
509 | break; | |
510 | ||
511 | case XFmode: | |
512 | libcall = extendsfxf2_libfunc; | |
513 | break; | |
514 | ||
515 | case TFmode: | |
516 | libcall = extendsftf2_libfunc; | |
517 | break; | |
518 | } | |
519 | break; | |
520 | ||
521 | case DFmode: | |
522 | switch (to_mode) | |
523 | { | |
524 | case SFmode: | |
525 | libcall = truncdfsf2_libfunc; | |
526 | break; | |
527 | ||
528 | case XFmode: | |
529 | libcall = extenddfxf2_libfunc; | |
530 | break; | |
531 | ||
532 | case TFmode: | |
533 | libcall = extenddftf2_libfunc; | |
534 | break; | |
535 | } | |
536 | break; | |
537 | ||
538 | case XFmode: | |
539 | switch (to_mode) | |
540 | { | |
541 | case SFmode: | |
542 | libcall = truncxfsf2_libfunc; | |
543 | break; | |
544 | ||
545 | case DFmode: | |
546 | libcall = truncxfdf2_libfunc; | |
547 | break; | |
548 | } | |
549 | break; | |
550 | ||
551 | case TFmode: | |
552 | switch (to_mode) | |
553 | { | |
554 | case SFmode: | |
555 | libcall = trunctfsf2_libfunc; | |
556 | break; | |
557 | ||
558 | case DFmode: | |
559 | libcall = trunctfdf2_libfunc; | |
560 | break; | |
561 | } | |
562 | break; | |
563 | } | |
564 | ||
565 | if (libcall == (rtx) 0) | |
566 | /* This conversion is not implemented yet. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
567 | abort (); |
568 | ||
e87b4f3f | 569 | emit_library_call (libcall, 1, to_mode, 1, from, from_mode); |
bbf6f052 RK |
570 | emit_move_insn (to, hard_libcall_value (to_mode)); |
571 | return; | |
572 | } | |
573 | ||
574 | /* Now both modes are integers. */ | |
575 | ||
576 | /* Handle expanding beyond a word. */ | |
577 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) | |
578 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD) | |
579 | { | |
580 | rtx insns; | |
581 | rtx lowpart; | |
582 | rtx fill_value; | |
583 | rtx lowfrom; | |
584 | int i; | |
585 | enum machine_mode lowpart_mode; | |
586 | int nwords = CEIL (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode), UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
587 | ||
588 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ | |
589 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
590 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
591 | { | |
cd1b4b44 RK |
592 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG, put it into a register. Do this |
593 | so that we always generate the same set of insns for | |
594 | better cse'ing; if an intermediate assignment occurred, | |
595 | we won't be doing the operation directly on the SUBREG. */ | |
596 | if (optimize > 0 && GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG) | |
597 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
598 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); |
599 | return; | |
600 | } | |
601 | /* Next, try converting via full word. */ | |
602 | else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD | |
603 | && ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, word_mode, unsignedp)) | |
604 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
605 | { | |
606 | convert_move (gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), from, unsignedp); | |
607 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, | |
608 | gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), equiv_code); | |
609 | return; | |
610 | } | |
611 | ||
612 | /* No special multiword conversion insn; do it by hand. */ | |
613 | start_sequence (); | |
614 | ||
615 | /* Get a copy of FROM widened to a word, if necessary. */ | |
616 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
617 | lowpart_mode = word_mode; | |
618 | else | |
619 | lowpart_mode = from_mode; | |
620 | ||
621 | lowfrom = convert_to_mode (lowpart_mode, from, unsignedp); | |
622 | ||
623 | lowpart = gen_lowpart (lowpart_mode, to); | |
624 | emit_move_insn (lowpart, lowfrom); | |
625 | ||
626 | /* Compute the value to put in each remaining word. */ | |
627 | if (unsignedp) | |
628 | fill_value = const0_rtx; | |
629 | else | |
630 | { | |
631 | #ifdef HAVE_slt | |
632 | if (HAVE_slt | |
633 | && insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0] == word_mode | |
634 | && STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1) | |
635 | { | |
906c4e36 RK |
636 | emit_cmp_insn (lowfrom, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, |
637 | lowpart_mode, 0, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
638 | fill_value = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); |
639 | emit_insn (gen_slt (fill_value)); | |
640 | } | |
641 | else | |
642 | #endif | |
643 | { | |
644 | fill_value | |
645 | = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, lowpart_mode, lowfrom, | |
646 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (lowpart_mode) - 1), | |
906c4e36 | 647 | NULL_RTX, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
648 | fill_value = convert_to_mode (word_mode, fill_value, 1); |
649 | } | |
650 | } | |
651 | ||
652 | /* Fill the remaining words. */ | |
653 | for (i = GET_MODE_SIZE (lowpart_mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; i < nwords; i++) | |
654 | { | |
655 | int index = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? nwords - i - 1 : i); | |
656 | rtx subword = operand_subword (to, index, 1, to_mode); | |
657 | ||
658 | if (subword == 0) | |
659 | abort (); | |
660 | ||
661 | if (fill_value != subword) | |
662 | emit_move_insn (subword, fill_value); | |
663 | } | |
664 | ||
665 | insns = get_insns (); | |
666 | end_sequence (); | |
667 | ||
906c4e36 | 668 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, to, from, NULL_RTX, |
bbf6f052 RK |
669 | gen_rtx (equiv_code, to_mode, from)); |
670 | return; | |
671 | } | |
672 | ||
673 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD) | |
674 | { | |
675 | convert_move (to, gen_lowpart (word_mode, from), 0); | |
676 | return; | |
677 | } | |
678 | ||
679 | /* Handle pointer conversion */ /* SPEE 900220 */ | |
680 | if (to_mode == PSImode) | |
681 | { | |
682 | if (from_mode != SImode) | |
683 | from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp); | |
684 | ||
685 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsipsi | |
686 | if (HAVE_truncsipsi) | |
687 | { | |
688 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsipsi, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
689 | return; | |
690 | } | |
691 | #endif /* HAVE_truncsipsi */ | |
692 | abort (); | |
693 | } | |
694 | ||
695 | if (from_mode == PSImode) | |
696 | { | |
697 | if (to_mode != SImode) | |
698 | { | |
699 | from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp); | |
700 | from_mode = SImode; | |
701 | } | |
702 | else | |
703 | { | |
704 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpsisi | |
705 | if (HAVE_extendpsisi) | |
706 | { | |
707 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpsisi, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
708 | return; | |
709 | } | |
710 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpsisi */ | |
711 | abort (); | |
712 | } | |
713 | } | |
714 | ||
715 | /* Now follow all the conversions between integers | |
716 | no more than a word long. */ | |
717 | ||
718 | /* For truncation, usually we can just refer to FROM in a narrower mode. */ | |
719 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) | |
720 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode), | |
721 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) | |
722 | && ((GET_CODE (from) == MEM | |
723 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
4fa52007 | 724 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] |
bbf6f052 RK |
725 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) |
726 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
727 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
728 | { | |
729 | emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); | |
730 | return; | |
731 | } | |
732 | ||
733 | /* For truncation, usually we can just refer to FROM in a narrower mode. */ | |
734 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) | |
735 | { | |
736 | /* Convert directly if that works. */ | |
737 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
738 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
739 | { | |
3dc4195c RK |
740 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG, put it into a register. Do this |
741 | so that we always generate the same set of insns for | |
742 | better cse'ing; if an intermediate assignment occurred, | |
743 | we won't be doing the operation directly on the SUBREG. */ | |
744 | if (optimize > 0 && GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG) | |
745 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
746 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); |
747 | return; | |
748 | } | |
749 | else | |
750 | { | |
751 | enum machine_mode intermediate; | |
752 | ||
753 | /* Search for a mode to convert via. */ | |
754 | for (intermediate = from_mode; intermediate != VOIDmode; | |
755 | intermediate = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (intermediate)) | |
756 | if ((can_extend_p (to_mode, intermediate, unsignedp) | |
757 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
758 | && (can_extend_p (intermediate, from_mode, unsignedp) | |
759 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
760 | { | |
761 | convert_move (to, convert_to_mode (intermediate, from, | |
762 | unsignedp), unsignedp); | |
763 | return; | |
764 | } | |
765 | ||
766 | /* No suitable intermediate mode. */ | |
767 | abort (); | |
768 | } | |
769 | } | |
770 | ||
771 | /* Support special truncate insns for certain modes. */ | |
772 | ||
773 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == SImode) | |
774 | { | |
775 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdisi2 | |
776 | if (HAVE_truncdisi2) | |
777 | { | |
778 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
779 | return; | |
780 | } | |
781 | #endif | |
782 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
783 | return; | |
784 | } | |
785 | ||
786 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
787 | { | |
788 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdihi2 | |
789 | if (HAVE_truncdihi2) | |
790 | { | |
791 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
792 | return; | |
793 | } | |
794 | #endif | |
795 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
796 | return; | |
797 | } | |
798 | ||
799 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
800 | { | |
801 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdiqi2 | |
802 | if (HAVE_truncdiqi2) | |
803 | { | |
804 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
805 | return; | |
806 | } | |
807 | #endif | |
808 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
809 | return; | |
810 | } | |
811 | ||
812 | if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
813 | { | |
814 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsihi2 | |
815 | if (HAVE_truncsihi2) | |
816 | { | |
817 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
818 | return; | |
819 | } | |
820 | #endif | |
821 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
822 | return; | |
823 | } | |
824 | ||
825 | if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
826 | { | |
827 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsiqi2 | |
828 | if (HAVE_truncsiqi2) | |
829 | { | |
830 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
831 | return; | |
832 | } | |
833 | #endif | |
834 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
835 | return; | |
836 | } | |
837 | ||
838 | if (from_mode == HImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
839 | { | |
840 | #ifdef HAVE_trunchiqi2 | |
841 | if (HAVE_trunchiqi2) | |
842 | { | |
843 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
844 | return; | |
845 | } | |
846 | #endif | |
847 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
848 | return; | |
849 | } | |
850 | ||
851 | /* Handle truncation of volatile memrefs, and so on; | |
852 | the things that couldn't be truncated directly, | |
853 | and for which there was no special instruction. */ | |
854 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) | |
855 | { | |
856 | rtx temp = force_reg (to_mode, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); | |
857 | emit_move_insn (to, temp); | |
858 | return; | |
859 | } | |
860 | ||
861 | /* Mode combination is not recognized. */ | |
862 | abort (); | |
863 | } | |
864 | ||
865 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
866 | from converting X to mode MODE. | |
867 | Both X and MODE may be floating, or both integer. | |
868 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
869 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
5d901c31 RS |
870 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. |
871 | ||
872 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
873 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
874 | |
875 | rtx | |
876 | convert_to_mode (mode, x, unsignedp) | |
877 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
878 | rtx x; | |
879 | int unsignedp; | |
880 | { | |
881 | register rtx temp; | |
882 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
883 | if (mode == GET_MODE (x)) |
884 | return x; | |
885 | ||
886 | /* There is one case that we must handle specially: If we are converting | |
906c4e36 | 887 | a CONST_INT into a mode whose size is twice HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT and |
bbf6f052 RK |
888 | we are to interpret the constant as unsigned, gen_lowpart will do |
889 | the wrong if the constant appears negative. What we want to do is | |
890 | make the high-order word of the constant zero, not all ones. */ | |
891 | ||
892 | if (unsignedp && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
906c4e36 | 893 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 894 | && GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (x) < 0) |
906c4e36 | 895 | return immed_double_const (INTVAL (x), (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, mode); |
bbf6f052 RK |
896 | |
897 | /* We can do this with a gen_lowpart if both desired and current modes | |
898 | are integer, and this is either a constant integer, a register, or a | |
899 | non-volatile MEM. Except for the constant case, we must be narrowing | |
900 | the operand. */ | |
901 | ||
902 | if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT | |
903 | || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
904 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_INT | |
905 | && (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE | |
906 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) | |
907 | && ((GET_CODE (x) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (x)) | |
4fa52007 | 908 | && direct_load[(int) mode] |
bbf6f052 RK |
909 | || GET_CODE (x) == REG))))) |
910 | return gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
911 | ||
912 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
913 | convert_move (temp, x, unsignedp); | |
914 | return temp; | |
915 | } | |
916 | \f | |
917 | /* Generate several move instructions to copy LEN bytes | |
918 | from block FROM to block TO. (These are MEM rtx's with BLKmode). | |
919 | The caller must pass FROM and TO | |
920 | through protect_from_queue before calling. | |
921 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
922 | ||
923 | struct move_by_pieces | |
924 | { | |
925 | rtx to; | |
926 | rtx to_addr; | |
927 | int autinc_to; | |
928 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
929 | rtx from; | |
930 | rtx from_addr; | |
931 | int autinc_from; | |
932 | int explicit_inc_from; | |
933 | int len; | |
934 | int offset; | |
935 | int reverse; | |
936 | }; | |
937 | ||
938 | static void move_by_pieces_1 (); | |
939 | static int move_by_pieces_ninsns (); | |
940 | ||
941 | static void | |
942 | move_by_pieces (to, from, len, align) | |
943 | rtx to, from; | |
944 | int len, align; | |
945 | { | |
946 | struct move_by_pieces data; | |
947 | rtx to_addr = XEXP (to, 0), from_addr = XEXP (from, 0); | |
e87b4f3f | 948 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
949 | |
950 | data.offset = 0; | |
951 | data.to_addr = to_addr; | |
952 | data.from_addr = from_addr; | |
953 | data.to = to; | |
954 | data.from = from; | |
955 | data.autinc_to | |
956 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
957 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
958 | data.autinc_from | |
959 | = (GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
960 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_INC | |
961 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
962 | ||
963 | data.explicit_inc_from = 0; | |
964 | data.explicit_inc_to = 0; | |
965 | data.reverse | |
966 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
967 | if (data.reverse) data.offset = len; | |
968 | data.len = len; | |
969 | ||
970 | /* If copying requires more than two move insns, | |
971 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) | |
972 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
973 | if (!(data.autinc_from && data.autinc_to) | |
974 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2) | |
975 | { | |
976 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
977 | if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_from) | |
978 | { | |
979 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (from_addr, len)); | |
980 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
981 | data.explicit_inc_from = -1; | |
982 | } | |
983 | #endif | |
984 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
985 | if (! data.autinc_from) | |
986 | { | |
987 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
988 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
989 | data.explicit_inc_from = 1; | |
990 | } | |
991 | #endif | |
992 | if (!data.autinc_from && CONSTANT_P (from_addr)) | |
993 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
994 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
995 | if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) | |
996 | { | |
997 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len)); | |
998 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
999 | data.explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
1000 | } | |
1001 | #endif | |
1002 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
1003 | if (! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) | |
1004 | { | |
1005 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1006 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1007 | data.explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
1008 | } | |
1009 | #endif | |
1010 | if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) | |
1011 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1012 | } | |
1013 | ||
e87b4f3f RS |
1014 | if (! (STRICT_ALIGNMENT || SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS) |
1015 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
bbf6f052 | 1016 | align = MOVE_MAX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1017 | |
1018 | /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
1019 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
1020 | ||
1021 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1022 | { | |
1023 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1024 | enum insn_code icode; | |
1025 | ||
e7c33f54 RK |
1026 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1027 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1028 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1029 | mode = tmode; |
1030 | ||
1031 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1032 | break; | |
1033 | ||
1034 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
1035 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
1036 | && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
1037 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))) | |
1038 | move_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data); | |
1039 | ||
1040 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1041 | } | |
1042 | ||
1043 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
1044 | if (data.len != 0) | |
1045 | abort (); | |
1046 | } | |
1047 | ||
1048 | /* Return number of insns required to move L bytes by pieces. | |
1049 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
1050 | ||
1051 | static int | |
1052 | move_by_pieces_ninsns (l, align) | |
1053 | unsigned int l; | |
1054 | int align; | |
1055 | { | |
1056 | register int n_insns = 0; | |
e87b4f3f | 1057 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1; |
bbf6f052 | 1058 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
1059 | if (! (STRICT_ALIGNMENT || SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS) |
1060 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
bbf6f052 | 1061 | align = MOVE_MAX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1062 | |
1063 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1064 | { | |
1065 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1066 | enum insn_code icode; | |
1067 | ||
e7c33f54 RK |
1068 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1069 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1070 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1071 | mode = tmode; |
1072 | ||
1073 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1074 | break; | |
1075 | ||
1076 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
1077 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
1078 | && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
1079 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))) | |
1080 | n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1081 | ||
1082 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1083 | } | |
1084 | ||
1085 | return n_insns; | |
1086 | } | |
1087 | ||
1088 | /* Subroutine of move_by_pieces. Move as many bytes as appropriate | |
1089 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function | |
1090 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
1091 | ||
1092 | static void | |
1093 | move_by_pieces_1 (genfun, mode, data) | |
1094 | rtx (*genfun) (); | |
1095 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1096 | struct move_by_pieces *data; | |
1097 | { | |
1098 | register int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1099 | register rtx to1, from1; | |
1100 | ||
1101 | while (data->len >= size) | |
1102 | { | |
1103 | if (data->reverse) data->offset -= size; | |
1104 | ||
1105 | to1 = (data->autinc_to | |
1106 | ? gen_rtx (MEM, mode, data->to_addr) | |
1107 | : change_address (data->to, mode, | |
1108 | plus_constant (data->to_addr, data->offset))); | |
1109 | from1 = | |
1110 | (data->autinc_from | |
1111 | ? gen_rtx (MEM, mode, data->from_addr) | |
1112 | : change_address (data->from, mode, | |
1113 | plus_constant (data->from_addr, data->offset))); | |
1114 | ||
1115 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
1116 | if (data->explicit_inc_to < 0) | |
906c4e36 | 1117 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); |
bbf6f052 | 1118 | if (data->explicit_inc_from < 0) |
906c4e36 | 1119 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1120 | #endif |
1121 | ||
1122 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, from1)); | |
1123 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
1124 | if (data->explicit_inc_to > 0) | |
906c4e36 | 1125 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
bbf6f052 | 1126 | if (data->explicit_inc_from > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1127 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1128 | #endif |
1129 | ||
1130 | if (! data->reverse) data->offset += size; | |
1131 | ||
1132 | data->len -= size; | |
1133 | } | |
1134 | } | |
1135 | \f | |
1136 | /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X. | |
1137 | This may be done with string-move instructions, | |
1138 | with multiple scalar move instructions, or with a library call. | |
1139 | ||
1140 | Both X and Y must be MEM rtx's (perhaps inside VOLATILE) | |
1141 | with mode BLKmode. | |
1142 | SIZE is an rtx that says how long they are. | |
1143 | ALIGN is the maximum alignment we can assume they have, | |
1144 | measured in bytes. */ | |
1145 | ||
1146 | void | |
1147 | emit_block_move (x, y, size, align) | |
1148 | rtx x, y; | |
1149 | rtx size; | |
1150 | int align; | |
1151 | { | |
1152 | if (GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode) | |
1153 | abort (); | |
1154 | ||
1155 | if (GET_MODE (y) != BLKmode) | |
1156 | abort (); | |
1157 | ||
1158 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
1159 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
5d901c31 | 1160 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1161 | |
1162 | if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM) | |
1163 | abort (); | |
1164 | if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM) | |
1165 | abort (); | |
1166 | if (size == 0) | |
1167 | abort (); | |
1168 | ||
1169 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
906c4e36 | 1170 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns (INTVAL (size), align) < MOVE_RATIO)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1171 | move_by_pieces (x, y, INTVAL (size), align); |
1172 | else | |
1173 | { | |
1174 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
1175 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
1176 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
266007a7 | 1177 | |
0bba3f6f | 1178 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align); |
266007a7 RK |
1179 | enum machine_mode mode; |
1180 | ||
1181 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
1182 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
bbf6f052 | 1183 | { |
266007a7 | 1184 | enum insn_code code = movstr_optab[(int) mode]; |
266007a7 RK |
1185 | |
1186 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
0bba3f6f | 1187 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
266007a7 | 1188 | && (unsigned) INTVAL (size) <= GET_MODE_MASK (mode) |
0bba3f6f RK |
1189 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0] == 0 |
1190 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0]) (x, BLKmode)) | |
1191 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1] == 0 | |
1192 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1]) (y, BLKmode)) | |
1193 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3] == 0 | |
1194 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3]) (opalign, | |
1195 | VOIDmode))) | |
bbf6f052 | 1196 | { |
266007a7 RK |
1197 | rtx op2 = size; |
1198 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); | |
1199 | rtx pat; | |
1200 | ||
0bba3f6f RK |
1201 | if (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2] != 0 |
1202 | && ! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2]) (op2, mode)) | |
266007a7 RK |
1203 | op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op2); |
1204 | ||
1205 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (x, y, op2, opalign); | |
1206 | if (pat) | |
1207 | { | |
1208 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1209 | return; | |
1210 | } | |
1211 | else | |
1212 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1213 | } |
1214 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1215 | |
1216 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
e87b4f3f | 1217 | emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 1, |
bbf6f052 RK |
1218 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (x, 0), Pmode, |
1219 | XEXP (y, 0), Pmode, | |
5a2724d7 | 1220 | convert_to_mode (Pmode, size, 1), Pmode); |
bbf6f052 | 1221 | #else |
e87b4f3f | 1222 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 1, |
bbf6f052 RK |
1223 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (y, 0), Pmode, |
1224 | XEXP (x, 0), Pmode, | |
5a2724d7 | 1225 | convert_to_mode (Pmode, size, 1), Pmode); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1226 | #endif |
1227 | } | |
1228 | } | |
1229 | \f | |
1230 | /* Copy all or part of a value X into registers starting at REGNO. | |
1231 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */ | |
1232 | ||
1233 | void | |
1234 | move_block_to_reg (regno, x, nregs, mode) | |
1235 | int regno; | |
1236 | rtx x; | |
1237 | int nregs; | |
1238 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1239 | { | |
1240 | int i; | |
1241 | rtx pat, last; | |
1242 | ||
1243 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) | |
1244 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
1245 | ||
1246 | /* See if the machine can do this with a load multiple insn. */ | |
1247 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple | |
1248 | last = get_last_insn (); | |
1249 | pat = gen_load_multiple (gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, regno), x, | |
906c4e36 | 1250 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1251 | if (pat) |
1252 | { | |
1253 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1254 | return; | |
1255 | } | |
1256 | else | |
1257 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
1258 | #endif | |
1259 | ||
1260 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
1261 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, regno + i), | |
1262 | operand_subword_force (x, i, mode)); | |
1263 | } | |
1264 | ||
1265 | /* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X out of registers starting at REGNO. | |
1266 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */ | |
1267 | ||
1268 | void | |
1269 | move_block_from_reg (regno, x, nregs) | |
1270 | int regno; | |
1271 | rtx x; | |
1272 | int nregs; | |
1273 | { | |
1274 | int i; | |
1275 | rtx pat, last; | |
1276 | ||
1277 | /* See if the machine can do this with a store multiple insn. */ | |
1278 | #ifdef HAVE_store_multiple | |
1279 | last = get_last_insn (); | |
1280 | pat = gen_store_multiple (x, gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, regno), | |
906c4e36 | 1281 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1282 | if (pat) |
1283 | { | |
1284 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1285 | return; | |
1286 | } | |
1287 | else | |
1288 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
1289 | #endif | |
1290 | ||
1291 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
1292 | { | |
1293 | rtx tem = operand_subword (x, i, 1, BLKmode); | |
1294 | ||
1295 | if (tem == 0) | |
1296 | abort (); | |
1297 | ||
1298 | emit_move_insn (tem, gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, regno + i)); | |
1299 | } | |
1300 | } | |
1301 | ||
1302 | /* Mark NREGS consecutive regs, starting at REGNO, as being live now. */ | |
1303 | ||
1304 | void | |
1305 | use_regs (regno, nregs) | |
1306 | int regno; | |
1307 | int nregs; | |
1308 | { | |
1309 | int i; | |
1310 | ||
1311 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
1312 | emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, regno + i))); | |
1313 | } | |
1314 | \f | |
1315 | /* Write zeros through the storage of OBJECT. | |
1316 | If OBJECT has BLKmode, SIZE is its length in bytes. */ | |
1317 | ||
1318 | void | |
1319 | clear_storage (object, size) | |
1320 | rtx object; | |
1321 | int size; | |
1322 | { | |
1323 | if (GET_MODE (object) == BLKmode) | |
1324 | { | |
1325 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
e87b4f3f | 1326 | emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, 1, |
bbf6f052 RK |
1327 | VOIDmode, 3, |
1328 | XEXP (object, 0), Pmode, const0_rtx, Pmode, | |
906c4e36 | 1329 | GEN_INT (size), Pmode); |
bbf6f052 | 1330 | #else |
e87b4f3f | 1331 | emit_library_call (bzero_libfunc, 1, |
bbf6f052 RK |
1332 | VOIDmode, 2, |
1333 | XEXP (object, 0), Pmode, | |
906c4e36 | 1334 | GEN_INT (size), Pmode); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1335 | #endif |
1336 | } | |
1337 | else | |
1338 | emit_move_insn (object, const0_rtx); | |
1339 | } | |
1340 | ||
1341 | /* Generate code to copy Y into X. | |
1342 | Both Y and X must have the same mode, except that | |
1343 | Y can be a constant with VOIDmode. | |
1344 | This mode cannot be BLKmode; use emit_block_move for that. | |
1345 | ||
1346 | Return the last instruction emitted. */ | |
1347 | ||
1348 | rtx | |
1349 | emit_move_insn (x, y) | |
1350 | rtx x, y; | |
1351 | { | |
1352 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
1353 | int i; | |
1354 | ||
1355 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
1356 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
1357 | ||
1358 | if (mode == BLKmode || (GET_MODE (y) != mode && GET_MODE (y) != VOIDmode)) | |
1359 | abort (); | |
1360 | ||
1361 | if (CONSTANT_P (y) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
1362 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); | |
1363 | ||
1364 | /* If X or Y are memory references, verify that their addresses are valid | |
1365 | for the machine. */ | |
1366 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
1367 | && ((! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0)) | |
1368 | && ! push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
1369 | || (flag_force_addr | |
1370 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0))))) | |
1371 | x = change_address (x, VOIDmode, XEXP (x, 0)); | |
1372 | ||
1373 | if (GET_CODE (y) == MEM | |
1374 | && (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (y), XEXP (y, 0)) | |
1375 | || (flag_force_addr | |
1376 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (y, 0))))) | |
1377 | y = change_address (y, VOIDmode, XEXP (y, 0)); | |
1378 | ||
1379 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
1380 | abort (); | |
1381 | ||
1382 | if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1383 | return | |
1384 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code) (x, y)); | |
1385 | ||
1386 | /* This will handle any multi-word mode that lacks a move_insn pattern. | |
1387 | However, you will get better code if you define such patterns, | |
1388 | even if they must turn into multiple assembler instructions. */ | |
a4320483 | 1389 | else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1390 | { |
1391 | rtx last_insn = 0; | |
1392 | ||
1393 | for (i = 0; | |
1394 | i < (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
1395 | i++) | |
1396 | { | |
1397 | rtx xpart = operand_subword (x, i, 1, mode); | |
1398 | rtx ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
1399 | ||
1400 | /* If we can't get a part of Y, put Y into memory if it is a | |
1401 | constant. Otherwise, force it into a register. If we still | |
1402 | can't get a part of Y, abort. */ | |
1403 | if (ypart == 0 && CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
1404 | { | |
1405 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); | |
1406 | ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
1407 | } | |
1408 | else if (ypart == 0) | |
1409 | ypart = operand_subword_force (y, i, mode); | |
1410 | ||
1411 | if (xpart == 0 || ypart == 0) | |
1412 | abort (); | |
1413 | ||
1414 | last_insn = emit_move_insn (xpart, ypart); | |
1415 | } | |
1416 | return last_insn; | |
1417 | } | |
1418 | else | |
1419 | abort (); | |
1420 | } | |
1421 | \f | |
1422 | /* Pushing data onto the stack. */ | |
1423 | ||
1424 | /* Push a block of length SIZE (perhaps variable) | |
1425 | and return an rtx to address the beginning of the block. | |
1426 | Note that it is not possible for the value returned to be a QUEUED. | |
1427 | The value may be virtual_outgoing_args_rtx. | |
1428 | ||
1429 | EXTRA is the number of bytes of padding to push in addition to SIZE. | |
1430 | BELOW nonzero means this padding comes at low addresses; | |
1431 | otherwise, the padding comes at high addresses. */ | |
1432 | ||
1433 | rtx | |
1434 | push_block (size, extra, below) | |
1435 | rtx size; | |
1436 | int extra, below; | |
1437 | { | |
1438 | register rtx temp; | |
1439 | if (CONSTANT_P (size)) | |
1440 | anti_adjust_stack (plus_constant (size, extra)); | |
1441 | else if (GET_CODE (size) == REG && extra == 0) | |
1442 | anti_adjust_stack (size); | |
1443 | else | |
1444 | { | |
1445 | rtx temp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, size); | |
1446 | if (extra != 0) | |
906c4e36 | 1447 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, temp, GEN_INT (extra), |
bbf6f052 RK |
1448 | temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
1449 | anti_adjust_stack (temp); | |
1450 | } | |
1451 | ||
1452 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
1453 | temp = virtual_outgoing_args_rtx; | |
1454 | if (extra != 0 && below) | |
1455 | temp = plus_constant (temp, extra); | |
1456 | #else | |
1457 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
1458 | temp = plus_constant (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
1459 | - INTVAL (size) - (below ? 0 : extra)); | |
1460 | else if (extra != 0 && !below) | |
1461 | temp = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
1462 | negate_rtx (Pmode, plus_constant (size, extra))); | |
1463 | else | |
1464 | temp = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
1465 | negate_rtx (Pmode, size)); | |
1466 | #endif | |
1467 | ||
1468 | return memory_address (GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT), temp); | |
1469 | } | |
1470 | ||
1471 | static rtx | |
1472 | gen_push_operand () | |
1473 | { | |
1474 | return gen_rtx (STACK_PUSH_CODE, Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx); | |
1475 | } | |
1476 | ||
1477 | /* Generate code to push X onto the stack, assuming it has mode MODE and | |
1478 | type TYPE. | |
1479 | MODE is redundant except when X is a CONST_INT (since they don't | |
1480 | carry mode info). | |
1481 | SIZE is an rtx for the size of data to be copied (in bytes), | |
1482 | needed only if X is BLKmode. | |
1483 | ||
1484 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. | |
1485 | ||
1486 | If PARTIAL is nonzero, then copy that many of the first words | |
1487 | of X into registers starting with REG, and push the rest of X. | |
1488 | The amount of space pushed is decreased by PARTIAL words, | |
1489 | rounded *down* to a multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY. | |
1490 | REG must be a hard register in this case. | |
1491 | ||
1492 | EXTRA is the amount in bytes of extra space to leave next to this arg. | |
6dc42e49 | 1493 | This is ignored if an argument block has already been allocated. |
bbf6f052 RK |
1494 | |
1495 | On a machine that lacks real push insns, ARGS_ADDR is the address of | |
1496 | the bottom of the argument block for this call. We use indexing off there | |
1497 | to store the arg. On machines with push insns, ARGS_ADDR is 0 when a | |
1498 | argument block has not been preallocated. | |
1499 | ||
1500 | ARGS_SO_FAR is the size of args previously pushed for this call. */ | |
1501 | ||
1502 | void | |
1503 | emit_push_insn (x, mode, type, size, align, partial, reg, extra, | |
1504 | args_addr, args_so_far) | |
1505 | register rtx x; | |
1506 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1507 | tree type; | |
1508 | rtx size; | |
1509 | int align; | |
1510 | int partial; | |
1511 | rtx reg; | |
1512 | int extra; | |
1513 | rtx args_addr; | |
1514 | rtx args_so_far; | |
1515 | { | |
1516 | rtx xinner; | |
1517 | enum direction stack_direction | |
1518 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
1519 | = downward; | |
1520 | #else | |
1521 | = upward; | |
1522 | #endif | |
1523 | ||
1524 | /* Decide where to pad the argument: `downward' for below, | |
1525 | `upward' for above, or `none' for don't pad it. | |
1526 | Default is below for small data on big-endian machines; else above. */ | |
1527 | enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type); | |
1528 | ||
1529 | /* Invert direction if stack is post-update. */ | |
1530 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC || STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
1531 | if (where_pad != none) | |
1532 | where_pad = (where_pad == downward ? upward : downward); | |
1533 | ||
1534 | xinner = x = protect_from_queue (x, 0); | |
1535 | ||
1536 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
1537 | { | |
1538 | /* Copy a block into the stack, entirely or partially. */ | |
1539 | ||
1540 | register rtx temp; | |
1541 | int used = partial * UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
1542 | int offset = used % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
1543 | int skip; | |
1544 | ||
1545 | if (size == 0) | |
1546 | abort (); | |
1547 | ||
1548 | used -= offset; | |
1549 | ||
1550 | /* USED is now the # of bytes we need not copy to the stack | |
1551 | because registers will take care of them. */ | |
1552 | ||
1553 | if (partial != 0) | |
1554 | xinner = change_address (xinner, BLKmode, | |
1555 | plus_constant (XEXP (xinner, 0), used)); | |
1556 | ||
1557 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
1558 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
1559 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
1560 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
1561 | #ifndef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE | |
1562 | skip = 0; | |
1563 | #else | |
1564 | skip = used; | |
1565 | #endif | |
1566 | ||
1567 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
1568 | /* Do it with several push insns if that doesn't take lots of insns | |
1569 | and if there is no difficulty with push insns that skip bytes | |
1570 | on the stack for alignment purposes. */ | |
1571 | if (args_addr == 0 | |
1572 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
1573 | && skip == 0 | |
1574 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) - used, align) | |
1575 | < MOVE_RATIO) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1576 | /* Here we avoid the case of a structure whose weak alignment |
1577 | forces many pushes of a small amount of data, | |
1578 | and such small pushes do rounding that causes trouble. */ | |
e87b4f3f RS |
1579 | && ((! STRICT_ALIGNMENT && ! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS) |
1580 | || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT | |
bbf6f052 | 1581 | || PUSH_ROUNDING (align) == align) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1582 | && PUSH_ROUNDING (INTVAL (size)) == INTVAL (size)) |
1583 | { | |
1584 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
1585 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
1586 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
1587 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
1588 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 1589 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1590 | |
1591 | move_by_pieces (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, gen_push_operand ()), xinner, | |
1592 | INTVAL (size) - used, align); | |
1593 | } | |
1594 | else | |
1595 | #endif /* PUSH_ROUNDING */ | |
1596 | { | |
1597 | /* Otherwise make space on the stack and copy the data | |
1598 | to the address of that space. */ | |
1599 | ||
1600 | /* Deduct words put into registers from the size we must copy. */ | |
1601 | if (partial != 0) | |
1602 | { | |
1603 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
906c4e36 | 1604 | size = GEN_INT (INTVAL (size) - used); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1605 | else |
1606 | size = expand_binop (GET_MODE (size), sub_optab, size, | |
906c4e36 RK |
1607 | GEN_INT (used), NULL_RTX, 0, |
1608 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1609 | } |
1610 | ||
1611 | /* Get the address of the stack space. | |
1612 | In this case, we do not deal with EXTRA separately. | |
1613 | A single stack adjust will do. */ | |
1614 | if (! args_addr) | |
1615 | { | |
1616 | temp = push_block (size, extra, where_pad == downward); | |
1617 | extra = 0; | |
1618 | } | |
1619 | else if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
1620 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
1621 | plus_constant (args_addr, | |
1622 | skip + INTVAL (args_so_far))); | |
1623 | else | |
1624 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
1625 | plus_constant (gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, | |
1626 | args_addr, args_so_far), | |
1627 | skip)); | |
1628 | ||
1629 | /* TEMP is the address of the block. Copy the data there. */ | |
1630 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
1631 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size), align) | |
1632 | < MOVE_RATIO)) | |
1633 | { | |
1634 | move_by_pieces (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp), xinner, | |
1635 | INTVAL (size), align); | |
1636 | goto ret; | |
1637 | } | |
1638 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
1639 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
1640 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
1641 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrqi | |
1642 | if (HAVE_movstrqi | |
1643 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
1644 | && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) | |
1645 | < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (QImode) - 1)))) | |
1646 | { | |
1647 | emit_insn (gen_movstrqi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp), | |
906c4e36 | 1648 | xinner, size, GEN_INT (align))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1649 | goto ret; |
1650 | } | |
1651 | #endif | |
1652 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrhi | |
1653 | if (HAVE_movstrhi | |
1654 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
1655 | && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) | |
1656 | < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (HImode) - 1)))) | |
1657 | { | |
1658 | emit_insn (gen_movstrhi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp), | |
906c4e36 | 1659 | xinner, size, GEN_INT (align))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1660 | goto ret; |
1661 | } | |
1662 | #endif | |
1663 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrsi | |
1664 | if (HAVE_movstrsi) | |
1665 | { | |
1666 | emit_insn (gen_movstrsi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp), | |
906c4e36 | 1667 | xinner, size, GEN_INT (align))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1668 | goto ret; |
1669 | } | |
1670 | #endif | |
1671 | #ifdef HAVE_movstrdi | |
1672 | if (HAVE_movstrdi) | |
1673 | { | |
1674 | emit_insn (gen_movstrdi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp), | |
906c4e36 | 1675 | xinner, size, GEN_INT (align))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1676 | goto ret; |
1677 | } | |
1678 | #endif | |
1679 | ||
1680 | #ifndef ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS | |
1681 | /* If the source is referenced relative to the stack pointer, | |
1682 | copy it to another register to stabilize it. We do not need | |
1683 | to do this if we know that we won't be changing sp. */ | |
1684 | ||
1685 | if (reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, temp) | |
1686 | || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, temp)) | |
1687 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
1688 | #endif | |
1689 | ||
1690 | /* Make inhibit_defer_pop nonzero around the library call | |
1691 | to force it to pop the bcopy-arguments right away. */ | |
1692 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
1693 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
e87b4f3f | 1694 | emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 1, |
bbf6f052 RK |
1695 | VOIDmode, 3, temp, Pmode, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, |
1696 | size, Pmode); | |
1697 | #else | |
e87b4f3f | 1698 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 1, |
bbf6f052 RK |
1699 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, temp, Pmode, |
1700 | size, Pmode); | |
1701 | #endif | |
1702 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
1703 | } | |
1704 | } | |
1705 | else if (partial > 0) | |
1706 | { | |
1707 | /* Scalar partly in registers. */ | |
1708 | ||
1709 | int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
1710 | int i; | |
1711 | int not_stack; | |
1712 | /* # words of start of argument | |
1713 | that we must make space for but need not store. */ | |
1714 | int offset = partial % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_WORD); | |
1715 | int args_offset = INTVAL (args_so_far); | |
1716 | int skip; | |
1717 | ||
1718 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
1719 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
1720 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
1721 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
1722 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 1723 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1724 | |
1725 | /* If we make space by pushing it, we might as well push | |
1726 | the real data. Otherwise, we can leave OFFSET nonzero | |
1727 | and leave the space uninitialized. */ | |
1728 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
1729 | offset = 0; | |
1730 | ||
1731 | /* Now NOT_STACK gets the number of words that we don't need to | |
1732 | allocate on the stack. */ | |
1733 | not_stack = partial - offset; | |
1734 | ||
1735 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
1736 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
1737 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
1738 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
1739 | #ifndef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE | |
1740 | skip = 0; | |
1741 | #else | |
1742 | skip = not_stack; | |
1743 | #endif | |
1744 | ||
1745 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) | |
1746 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
1747 | ||
1748 | /* If X is a hard register in a non-integer mode, copy it into a pseudo; | |
1749 | SUBREGs of such registers are not allowed. */ | |
1750 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
1751 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_INT)) | |
1752 | x = copy_to_reg (x); | |
1753 | ||
1754 | /* Loop over all the words allocated on the stack for this arg. */ | |
1755 | /* We can do it by words, because any scalar bigger than a word | |
1756 | has a size a multiple of a word. */ | |
1757 | #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED | |
1758 | for (i = not_stack; i < size; i++) | |
1759 | #else | |
1760 | for (i = size - 1; i >= not_stack; i--) | |
1761 | #endif | |
1762 | if (i >= not_stack + offset) | |
1763 | emit_push_insn (operand_subword_force (x, i, mode), | |
906c4e36 RK |
1764 | word_mode, NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX, align, 0, NULL_RTX, |
1765 | 0, args_addr, | |
1766 | GEN_INT (args_offset + ((i - not_stack + skip) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1767 | * UNITS_PER_WORD))); |
1768 | } | |
1769 | else | |
1770 | { | |
1771 | rtx addr; | |
1772 | ||
1773 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
1774 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
1775 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
1776 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
1777 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 1778 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1779 | |
1780 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
1781 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
1782 | addr = gen_push_operand (); | |
1783 | else | |
1784 | #endif | |
1785 | if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
1786 | addr | |
1787 | = memory_address (mode, | |
1788 | plus_constant (args_addr, INTVAL (args_so_far))); | |
1789 | else | |
1790 | addr = memory_address (mode, gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, args_addr, | |
1791 | args_so_far)); | |
1792 | ||
1793 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (MEM, mode, addr), x); | |
1794 | } | |
1795 | ||
1796 | ret: | |
1797 | /* If part should go in registers, copy that part | |
1798 | into the appropriate registers. Do this now, at the end, | |
1799 | since mem-to-mem copies above may do function calls. */ | |
1800 | if (partial > 0) | |
1801 | move_block_to_reg (REGNO (reg), x, partial, mode); | |
1802 | ||
1803 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 && where_pad == stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 1804 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1805 | } |
1806 | \f | |
1807 | /* Output a library call to function FUN (a SYMBOL_REF rtx) | |
1808 | (emitting the queue unless NO_QUEUE is nonzero), | |
1809 | for a value of mode OUTMODE, | |
1810 | with NARGS different arguments, passed as alternating rtx values | |
1811 | and machine_modes to convert them to. | |
1812 | The rtx values should have been passed through protect_from_queue already. | |
1813 | ||
1814 | NO_QUEUE will be true if and only if the library call is a `const' call | |
1815 | which will be enclosed in REG_LIBCALL/REG_RETVAL notes; it is equivalent | |
1816 | to the variable is_const in expand_call. */ | |
1817 | ||
1818 | void | |
1819 | emit_library_call (va_alist) | |
1820 | va_dcl | |
1821 | { | |
1822 | va_list p; | |
1823 | struct args_size args_size; | |
1824 | register int argnum; | |
1825 | enum machine_mode outmode; | |
1826 | int nargs; | |
1827 | rtx fun; | |
1828 | rtx orgfun; | |
1829 | int inc; | |
1830 | int count; | |
1831 | rtx argblock = 0; | |
1832 | CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far; | |
1833 | struct arg { rtx value; enum machine_mode mode; rtx reg; int partial; | |
1834 | struct args_size offset; struct args_size size; }; | |
1835 | struct arg *argvec; | |
1836 | int old_inhibit_defer_pop = inhibit_defer_pop; | |
1837 | int no_queue = 0; | |
1838 | rtx use_insns; | |
1839 | ||
1840 | va_start (p); | |
1841 | orgfun = fun = va_arg (p, rtx); | |
1842 | no_queue = va_arg (p, int); | |
1843 | outmode = va_arg (p, enum machine_mode); | |
1844 | nargs = va_arg (p, int); | |
1845 | ||
1846 | /* Copy all the libcall-arguments out of the varargs data | |
1847 | and into a vector ARGVEC. | |
1848 | ||
1849 | Compute how to pass each argument. We only support a very small subset | |
1850 | of the full argument passing conventions to limit complexity here since | |
1851 | library functions shouldn't have many args. */ | |
1852 | ||
1853 | argvec = (struct arg *) alloca (nargs * sizeof (struct arg)); | |
1854 | ||
1855 | INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far, (tree)0, fun); | |
1856 | ||
1857 | args_size.constant = 0; | |
1858 | args_size.var = 0; | |
1859 | ||
1860 | for (count = 0; count < nargs; count++) | |
1861 | { | |
1862 | rtx val = va_arg (p, rtx); | |
1863 | enum machine_mode mode = va_arg (p, enum machine_mode); | |
1864 | ||
1865 | /* We cannot convert the arg value to the mode the library wants here; | |
1866 | must do it earlier where we know the signedness of the arg. */ | |
1867 | if (mode == BLKmode | |
1868 | || (GET_MODE (val) != mode && GET_MODE (val) != VOIDmode)) | |
1869 | abort (); | |
1870 | ||
1871 | /* On some machines, there's no way to pass a float to a library fcn. | |
1872 | Pass it as a double instead. */ | |
1873 | #ifdef LIBGCC_NEEDS_DOUBLE | |
1874 | if (LIBGCC_NEEDS_DOUBLE && mode == SFmode) | |
1875 | val = convert_to_mode (DFmode, val), mode = DFmode; | |
1876 | #endif | |
1877 | ||
5d901c31 RS |
1878 | /* There's no need to call protect_from_queue, because |
1879 | either emit_move_insn or emit_push_insn will do that. */ | |
1880 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1881 | /* Make sure it is a reasonable operand for a move or push insn. */ |
1882 | if (GET_CODE (val) != REG && GET_CODE (val) != MEM | |
1883 | && ! (CONSTANT_P (val) && LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (val))) | |
906c4e36 | 1884 | val = force_operand (val, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1885 | |
1886 | argvec[count].value = val; | |
1887 | argvec[count].mode = mode; | |
1888 | ||
1889 | #ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE | |
906c4e36 | 1890 | if (FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE (args_so_far, mode, NULL_TREE, 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1891 | abort (); |
1892 | #endif | |
1893 | ||
906c4e36 | 1894 | argvec[count].reg = FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, mode, NULL_TREE, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1895 | if (argvec[count].reg && GET_CODE (argvec[count].reg) == EXPR_LIST) |
1896 | abort (); | |
1897 | #ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS | |
1898 | argvec[count].partial | |
906c4e36 | 1899 | = FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS (args_so_far, mode, NULL_TREE, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1900 | #else |
1901 | argvec[count].partial = 0; | |
1902 | #endif | |
1903 | ||
906c4e36 | 1904 | locate_and_pad_parm (mode, NULL_TREE, |
bbf6f052 | 1905 | argvec[count].reg && argvec[count].partial == 0, |
906c4e36 | 1906 | NULL_TREE, &args_size, &argvec[count].offset, |
bbf6f052 RK |
1907 | &argvec[count].size); |
1908 | ||
1909 | if (argvec[count].size.var) | |
1910 | abort (); | |
1911 | ||
1912 | #ifndef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE | |
1913 | if (argvec[count].partial) | |
1914 | argvec[count].size.constant -= argvec[count].partial * UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
1915 | #endif | |
1916 | ||
1917 | if (argvec[count].reg == 0 || argvec[count].partial != 0 | |
1918 | #ifdef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE | |
1919 | || 1 | |
1920 | #endif | |
1921 | ) | |
1922 | args_size.constant += argvec[count].size.constant; | |
1923 | ||
1924 | #ifdef ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS | |
1925 | /* If this arg is actually passed on the stack, it might be | |
1926 | clobbering something we already put there (this library call might | |
1927 | be inside the evaluation of an argument to a function whose call | |
1928 | requires the stack). This will only occur when the library call | |
1929 | has sufficient args to run out of argument registers. Abort in | |
1930 | this case; if this ever occurs, code must be added to save and | |
1931 | restore the arg slot. */ | |
1932 | ||
1933 | if (argvec[count].reg == 0 || argvec[count].partial != 0) | |
1934 | abort (); | |
1935 | #endif | |
1936 | ||
1937 | FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (args_so_far, mode, (tree)0, 1); | |
1938 | } | |
1939 | va_end (p); | |
1940 | ||
1941 | /* If this machine requires an external definition for library | |
1942 | functions, write one out. */ | |
1943 | assemble_external_libcall (fun); | |
1944 | ||
1945 | #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY | |
1946 | args_size.constant = (((args_size.constant + (STACK_BYTES - 1)) | |
1947 | / STACK_BYTES) * STACK_BYTES); | |
1948 | #endif | |
1949 | ||
1950 | #ifdef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE | |
1951 | args_size.constant = MAX (args_size.constant, | |
1952 | REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE ((tree) 0)); | |
1953 | #endif | |
1954 | ||
1955 | #ifdef ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS | |
1956 | if (args_size.constant > current_function_outgoing_args_size) | |
1957 | current_function_outgoing_args_size = args_size.constant; | |
1958 | args_size.constant = 0; | |
1959 | #endif | |
1960 | ||
1961 | #ifndef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
906c4e36 | 1962 | argblock = push_block (GEN_INT (args_size.constant), 0, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1963 | #endif |
1964 | ||
1965 | #ifdef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED | |
1966 | inc = -1; | |
1967 | argnum = nargs - 1; | |
1968 | #else | |
1969 | inc = 1; | |
1970 | argnum = 0; | |
1971 | #endif | |
1972 | ||
1973 | /* Push the args that need to be pushed. */ | |
1974 | ||
1975 | for (count = 0; count < nargs; count++, argnum += inc) | |
1976 | { | |
1977 | register enum machine_mode mode = argvec[argnum].mode; | |
1978 | register rtx val = argvec[argnum].value; | |
1979 | rtx reg = argvec[argnum].reg; | |
1980 | int partial = argvec[argnum].partial; | |
1981 | ||
1982 | if (! (reg != 0 && partial == 0)) | |
906c4e36 RK |
1983 | emit_push_insn (val, mode, NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX, 0, partial, reg, 0, |
1984 | argblock, GEN_INT (argvec[count].offset.constant)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1985 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
1986 | } | |
1987 | ||
1988 | #ifdef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED | |
1989 | argnum = nargs - 1; | |
1990 | #else | |
1991 | argnum = 0; | |
1992 | #endif | |
1993 | ||
1994 | /* Now load any reg parms into their regs. */ | |
1995 | ||
1996 | for (count = 0; count < nargs; count++, argnum += inc) | |
1997 | { | |
1998 | register enum machine_mode mode = argvec[argnum].mode; | |
1999 | register rtx val = argvec[argnum].value; | |
2000 | rtx reg = argvec[argnum].reg; | |
2001 | int partial = argvec[argnum].partial; | |
2002 | ||
2003 | if (reg != 0 && partial == 0) | |
2004 | emit_move_insn (reg, val); | |
2005 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
2006 | } | |
2007 | ||
2008 | /* For version 1.37, try deleting this entirely. */ | |
2009 | if (! no_queue) | |
2010 | emit_queue (); | |
2011 | ||
2012 | /* Any regs containing parms remain in use through the call. */ | |
2013 | start_sequence (); | |
2014 | for (count = 0; count < nargs; count++) | |
2015 | if (argvec[count].reg != 0) | |
2016 | emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, argvec[count].reg)); | |
2017 | ||
2018 | use_insns = get_insns (); | |
2019 | end_sequence (); | |
2020 | ||
906c4e36 | 2021 | fun = prepare_call_address (fun, NULL_TREE, &use_insns); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2022 | |
2023 | /* Don't allow popping to be deferred, since then | |
2024 | cse'ing of library calls could delete a call and leave the pop. */ | |
2025 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
2026 | ||
2027 | /* We pass the old value of inhibit_defer_pop + 1 to emit_call_1, which | |
2028 | will set inhibit_defer_pop to that value. */ | |
2029 | ||
2030 | emit_call_1 (fun, get_identifier (XSTR (orgfun, 0)), args_size.constant, 0, | |
2031 | FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, VOIDmode, void_type_node, 1), | |
906c4e36 | 2032 | outmode != VOIDmode ? hard_libcall_value (outmode) : NULL_RTX, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2033 | old_inhibit_defer_pop + 1, use_insns, no_queue); |
2034 | ||
2035 | /* Now restore inhibit_defer_pop to its actual original value. */ | |
2036 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
2037 | } | |
2038 | \f | |
2039 | /* Expand an assignment that stores the value of FROM into TO. | |
2040 | If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return an rtx for the value of TO. | |
2041 | (This may contain a QUEUED rtx.) | |
2042 | Otherwise, the returned value is not meaningful. | |
2043 | ||
2044 | SUGGEST_REG is no longer actually used. | |
2045 | It used to mean, copy the value through a register | |
2046 | and return that register, if that is possible. | |
2047 | But now we do this if WANT_VALUE. | |
2048 | ||
2049 | If the value stored is a constant, we return the constant. */ | |
2050 | ||
2051 | rtx | |
2052 | expand_assignment (to, from, want_value, suggest_reg) | |
2053 | tree to, from; | |
2054 | int want_value; | |
2055 | int suggest_reg; | |
2056 | { | |
2057 | register rtx to_rtx = 0; | |
2058 | rtx result; | |
2059 | ||
2060 | /* Don't crash if the lhs of the assignment was erroneous. */ | |
2061 | ||
2062 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == ERROR_MARK) | |
906c4e36 | 2063 | return expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2064 | |
2065 | /* Assignment of a structure component needs special treatment | |
2066 | if the structure component's rtx is not simply a MEM. | |
2067 | Assignment of an array element at a constant index | |
2068 | has the same problem. */ | |
2069 | ||
2070 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF | |
2071 | || TREE_CODE (to) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
2072 | || (TREE_CODE (to) == ARRAY_REF | |
2073 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
2074 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (to))) == INTEGER_CST)) | |
2075 | { | |
2076 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
2077 | int bitsize; | |
2078 | int bitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 2079 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2080 | int unsignedp; |
2081 | int volatilep = 0; | |
7bb0943f | 2082 | tree tem = get_inner_reference (to, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2083 | &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep); |
2084 | ||
2085 | /* If we are going to use store_bit_field and extract_bit_field, | |
2086 | make sure to_rtx will be safe for multiple use. */ | |
2087 | ||
2088 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode && want_value) | |
2089 | tem = stabilize_reference (tem); | |
2090 | ||
906c4e36 | 2091 | to_rtx = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
7bb0943f RS |
2092 | if (offset != 0) |
2093 | { | |
906c4e36 | 2094 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
7bb0943f RS |
2095 | |
2096 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
2097 | abort (); | |
2098 | to_rtx = change_address (to_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
2099 | gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), | |
2100 | force_reg (Pmode, offset_rtx))); | |
2101 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2102 | if (volatilep) |
2103 | { | |
2104 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) | |
2105 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
2106 | #if 0 /* This was turned off because, when a field is volatile | |
2107 | in an object which is not volatile, the object may be in a register, | |
2108 | and then we would abort over here. */ | |
2109 | else | |
2110 | abort (); | |
2111 | #endif | |
2112 | } | |
2113 | ||
2114 | result = store_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode1, from, | |
2115 | (want_value | |
2116 | /* Spurious cast makes HPUX compiler happy. */ | |
2117 | ? (enum machine_mode) TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)) | |
2118 | : VOIDmode), | |
2119 | unsignedp, | |
2120 | /* Required alignment of containing datum. */ | |
2121 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
2122 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem))); | |
2123 | preserve_temp_slots (result); | |
2124 | free_temp_slots (); | |
2125 | ||
2126 | return result; | |
2127 | } | |
2128 | ||
2129 | /* Ordinary treatment. Expand TO to get a REG or MEM rtx. | |
2130 | Don't re-expand if it was expanded already (in COMPONENT_REF case). */ | |
2131 | ||
2132 | if (to_rtx == 0) | |
906c4e36 | 2133 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2134 | |
2135 | /* In case we are returning the contents of an object which overlaps | |
2136 | the place the value is being stored, use a safe function when copying | |
2137 | a value through a pointer into a structure value return block. */ | |
2138 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL && TREE_CODE (from) == INDIRECT_REF | |
2139 | && current_function_returns_struct | |
2140 | && !current_function_returns_pcc_struct) | |
2141 | { | |
906c4e36 | 2142 | rtx from_rtx = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2143 | rtx size = expr_size (from); |
2144 | ||
2145 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
e87b4f3f | 2146 | emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 1, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2147 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, |
2148 | XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
2149 | size, Pmode); | |
2150 | #else | |
e87b4f3f | 2151 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 1, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2152 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, |
2153 | XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
2154 | size, Pmode); | |
2155 | #endif | |
2156 | ||
2157 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); | |
2158 | free_temp_slots (); | |
2159 | return to_rtx; | |
2160 | } | |
2161 | ||
2162 | /* Compute FROM and store the value in the rtx we got. */ | |
2163 | ||
2164 | result = store_expr (from, to_rtx, want_value); | |
2165 | preserve_temp_slots (result); | |
2166 | free_temp_slots (); | |
2167 | return result; | |
2168 | } | |
2169 | ||
2170 | /* Generate code for computing expression EXP, | |
2171 | and storing the value into TARGET. | |
2172 | Returns TARGET or an equivalent value. | |
2173 | TARGET may contain a QUEUED rtx. | |
2174 | ||
2175 | If SUGGEST_REG is nonzero, copy the value through a register | |
2176 | and return that register, if that is possible. | |
2177 | ||
2178 | If the value stored is a constant, we return the constant. */ | |
2179 | ||
2180 | rtx | |
2181 | store_expr (exp, target, suggest_reg) | |
2182 | register tree exp; | |
2183 | register rtx target; | |
2184 | int suggest_reg; | |
2185 | { | |
2186 | register rtx temp; | |
2187 | int dont_return_target = 0; | |
2188 | ||
2189 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPOUND_EXPR) | |
2190 | { | |
2191 | /* Perform first part of compound expression, then assign from second | |
2192 | part. */ | |
2193 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
2194 | emit_queue (); | |
2195 | return store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, suggest_reg); | |
2196 | } | |
2197 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COND_EXPR && GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode) | |
2198 | { | |
2199 | /* For conditional expression, get safe form of the target. Then | |
2200 | test the condition, doing the appropriate assignment on either | |
2201 | side. This avoids the creation of unnecessary temporaries. | |
2202 | For non-BLKmode, it is more efficient not to do this. */ | |
2203 | ||
2204 | rtx lab1 = gen_label_rtx (), lab2 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
2205 | ||
2206 | emit_queue (); | |
2207 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
2208 | ||
2209 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
2210 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), lab1); | |
2211 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, suggest_reg); | |
2212 | emit_queue (); | |
2213 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2)); | |
2214 | emit_barrier (); | |
2215 | emit_label (lab1); | |
2216 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), target, suggest_reg); | |
2217 | emit_queue (); | |
2218 | emit_label (lab2); | |
2219 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
2220 | return target; | |
2221 | } | |
2222 | else if (suggest_reg && GET_CODE (target) == MEM | |
2223 | && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode) | |
2224 | /* If target is in memory and caller wants value in a register instead, | |
2225 | arrange that. Pass TARGET as target for expand_expr so that, | |
2226 | if EXP is another assignment, SUGGEST_REG will be nonzero for it. | |
2227 | We know expand_expr will not use the target in that case. */ | |
2228 | { | |
906c4e36 | 2229 | temp = expand_expr (exp, cse_not_expected ? NULL_RTX : target, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2230 | GET_MODE (target), 0); |
2231 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
2232 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
2233 | dont_return_target = 1; | |
2234 | } | |
2235 | else if (queued_subexp_p (target)) | |
2236 | /* If target contains a postincrement, it is not safe | |
2237 | to use as the returned value. It would access the wrong | |
2238 | place by the time the queued increment gets output. | |
2239 | So copy the value through a temporary and use that temp | |
2240 | as the result. */ | |
2241 | { | |
2242 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (target) != VOIDmode) | |
2243 | { | |
2244 | /* Expand EXP into a new pseudo. */ | |
2245 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
2246 | temp = expand_expr (exp, temp, GET_MODE (target), 0); | |
2247 | } | |
2248 | else | |
906c4e36 | 2249 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (target), 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2250 | dont_return_target = 1; |
2251 | } | |
2252 | else | |
2253 | { | |
2254 | temp = expand_expr (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), 0); | |
2255 | /* DO return TARGET if it's a specified hardware register. | |
2256 | expand_return relies on this. */ | |
2257 | if (!(target && GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
2258 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
2259 | && CONSTANT_P (temp)) | |
2260 | dont_return_target = 1; | |
2261 | } | |
2262 | ||
2263 | /* If value was not generated in the target, store it there. | |
2264 | Convert the value to TARGET's type first if nec. */ | |
2265 | ||
2266 | if (temp != target && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK) | |
2267 | { | |
2268 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
2269 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target) | |
2270 | && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
2271 | { | |
2272 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
2273 | if (dont_return_target) | |
2274 | { | |
2275 | /* In this case, we will return TEMP, | |
2276 | so make sure it has the proper mode. | |
2277 | But don't forget to store the value into TARGET. */ | |
2278 | temp = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (target), temp, unsignedp); | |
2279 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
2280 | } | |
2281 | else | |
2282 | convert_move (target, temp, unsignedp); | |
2283 | } | |
2284 | ||
2285 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST) | |
2286 | { | |
2287 | /* Handle copying a string constant into an array. | |
2288 | The string constant may be shorter than the array. | |
2289 | So copy just the string's actual length, and clear the rest. */ | |
2290 | rtx size; | |
2291 | ||
e87b4f3f RS |
2292 | /* Get the size of the data type of the string, |
2293 | which is actually the size of the target. */ | |
2294 | size = expr_size (exp); | |
2295 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2296 | && INTVAL (size) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)) | |
2297 | emit_block_move (target, temp, size, | |
2298 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
2299 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 2300 | { |
e87b4f3f RS |
2301 | /* Compute the size of the data to copy from the string. */ |
2302 | tree copy_size | |
2303 | = fold (build (MIN_EXPR, sizetype, | |
2304 | size_binop (CEIL_DIV_EXPR, | |
2305 | TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
2306 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)), | |
2307 | convert (sizetype, | |
2308 | build_int_2 (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), 0)))); | |
906c4e36 RK |
2309 | rtx copy_size_rtx = expand_expr (copy_size, NULL_RTX, |
2310 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
2311 | rtx label = 0; |
2312 | ||
2313 | /* Copy that much. */ | |
2314 | emit_block_move (target, temp, copy_size_rtx, | |
2315 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
2316 | ||
2317 | /* Figure out how much is left in TARGET | |
2318 | that we have to clear. */ | |
2319 | if (GET_CODE (copy_size_rtx) == CONST_INT) | |
2320 | { | |
2321 | temp = plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), | |
2322 | TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)); | |
2323 | size = plus_constant (size, | |
2324 | - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)); | |
2325 | } | |
2326 | else | |
2327 | { | |
2328 | enum machine_mode size_mode = Pmode; | |
2329 | ||
2330 | temp = force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (target, 0)); | |
2331 | temp = expand_binop (size_mode, add_optab, temp, | |
906c4e36 RK |
2332 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
2333 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
2334 | |
2335 | size = expand_binop (size_mode, sub_optab, size, | |
906c4e36 RK |
2336 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
2337 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f | 2338 | |
906c4e36 | 2339 | emit_cmp_insn (size, const0_rtx, LT, NULL_RTX, |
e87b4f3f RS |
2340 | GET_MODE (size), 0, 0); |
2341 | label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
2342 | emit_jump_insn (gen_blt (label)); | |
2343 | } | |
2344 | ||
2345 | if (size != const0_rtx) | |
2346 | { | |
bbf6f052 | 2347 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
e87b4f3f RS |
2348 | emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
2349 | temp, Pmode, const0_rtx, Pmode, size, Pmode); | |
bbf6f052 | 2350 | #else |
e87b4f3f RS |
2351 | emit_library_call (bzero_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 2, |
2352 | temp, Pmode, size, Pmode); | |
bbf6f052 | 2353 | #endif |
e87b4f3f RS |
2354 | } |
2355 | if (label) | |
2356 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2357 | } |
2358 | } | |
2359 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) | |
2360 | emit_block_move (target, temp, expr_size (exp), | |
2361 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
2362 | else | |
2363 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
2364 | } | |
2365 | if (dont_return_target) | |
2366 | return temp; | |
2367 | return target; | |
2368 | } | |
2369 | \f | |
2370 | /* Store the value of constructor EXP into the rtx TARGET. | |
2371 | TARGET is either a REG or a MEM. */ | |
2372 | ||
2373 | static void | |
2374 | store_constructor (exp, target) | |
2375 | tree exp; | |
2376 | rtx target; | |
2377 | { | |
4af3895e JVA |
2378 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); |
2379 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2380 | /* We know our target cannot conflict, since safe_from_p has been called. */ |
2381 | #if 0 | |
2382 | /* Don't try copying piece by piece into a hard register | |
2383 | since that is vulnerable to being clobbered by EXP. | |
2384 | Instead, construct in a pseudo register and then copy it all. */ | |
2385 | if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
2386 | { | |
2387 | rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
2388 | store_constructor (exp, temp); | |
2389 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
2390 | return; | |
2391 | } | |
2392 | #endif | |
2393 | ||
4af3895e | 2394 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2395 | { |
2396 | register tree elt; | |
2397 | ||
4af3895e JVA |
2398 | /* Inform later passes that the whole union value is dead. */ |
2399 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE) | |
bbf6f052 | 2400 | emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target)); |
4af3895e JVA |
2401 | |
2402 | /* If we are building a static constructor into a register, | |
2403 | set the initial value as zero so we can fold the value into | |
2404 | a constant. */ | |
2405 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp)) | |
2406 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); | |
2407 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2408 | /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure, |
2409 | clear the whole structure first. */ | |
2410 | else if (list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) | |
4af3895e JVA |
2411 | != list_length (TYPE_FIELDS (type))) |
2412 | clear_storage (target, int_size_in_bytes (type)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2413 | else |
2414 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ | |
2415 | emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target)); | |
2416 | ||
2417 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
2418 | the corresponding field of TARGET. */ | |
2419 | ||
2420 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
2421 | { | |
2422 | register tree field = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
2423 | register enum machine_mode mode; | |
2424 | int bitsize; | |
2425 | int bitpos; | |
2426 | int unsignedp; | |
2427 | ||
f32fd778 RS |
2428 | /* Just ignore missing fields. |
2429 | We cleared the whole structure, above, | |
2430 | if any fields are missing. */ | |
2431 | if (field == 0) | |
2432 | continue; | |
2433 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2434 | bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field)); |
2435 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (field); | |
2436 | mode = DECL_MODE (field); | |
2437 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (field)) | |
2438 | mode = VOIDmode; | |
2439 | ||
2440 | if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (field)) != INTEGER_CST) | |
2441 | /* ??? This case remains to be written. */ | |
2442 | abort (); | |
2443 | ||
2444 | bitpos = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (field)); | |
2445 | ||
2446 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, TREE_VALUE (elt), | |
2447 | /* The alignment of TARGET is | |
2448 | at least what its type requires. */ | |
2449 | VOIDmode, 0, | |
4af3895e JVA |
2450 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT, |
2451 | int_size_in_bytes (type)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2452 | } |
2453 | } | |
4af3895e | 2454 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2455 | { |
2456 | register tree elt; | |
2457 | register int i; | |
4af3895e | 2458 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
906c4e36 RK |
2459 | HOST_WIDE_INT minelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); |
2460 | HOST_WIDE_INT maxelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain)); | |
4af3895e | 2461 | tree elttype = TREE_TYPE (type); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2462 | |
2463 | /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure, | |
4af3895e JVA |
2464 | clear the whole structure first. Similarly if this this is |
2465 | static constructor of a non-BLKmode object. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 2466 | |
4af3895e JVA |
2467 | if (list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) < maxelt - minelt + 1 |
2468 | || (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2469 | clear_storage (target, maxelt - minelt + 1); |
2470 | else | |
2471 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ | |
2472 | emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target)); | |
2473 | ||
2474 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
2475 | the corresponding element of TARGET, determined | |
2476 | by counting the elements. */ | |
2477 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), i = 0; | |
2478 | elt; | |
2479 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt), i++) | |
2480 | { | |
2481 | register enum machine_mode mode; | |
2482 | int bitsize; | |
2483 | int bitpos; | |
2484 | int unsignedp; | |
2485 | ||
2486 | mode = TYPE_MODE (elttype); | |
2487 | bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
2488 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (elttype); | |
2489 | ||
2490 | bitpos = (i * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype))); | |
2491 | ||
2492 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, TREE_VALUE (elt), | |
2493 | /* The alignment of TARGET is | |
2494 | at least what its type requires. */ | |
2495 | VOIDmode, 0, | |
4af3895e JVA |
2496 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT, |
2497 | int_size_in_bytes (type)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2498 | } |
2499 | } | |
2500 | ||
2501 | else | |
2502 | abort (); | |
2503 | } | |
2504 | ||
2505 | /* Store the value of EXP (an expression tree) | |
2506 | into a subfield of TARGET which has mode MODE and occupies | |
2507 | BITSIZE bits, starting BITPOS bits from the start of TARGET. | |
2508 | If MODE is VOIDmode, it means that we are storing into a bit-field. | |
2509 | ||
2510 | If VALUE_MODE is VOIDmode, return nothing in particular. | |
2511 | UNSIGNEDP is not used in this case. | |
2512 | ||
2513 | Otherwise, return an rtx for the value stored. This rtx | |
2514 | has mode VALUE_MODE if that is convenient to do. | |
2515 | In this case, UNSIGNEDP must be nonzero if the value is an unsigned type. | |
2516 | ||
2517 | ALIGN is the alignment that TARGET is known to have, measured in bytes. | |
2518 | TOTAL_SIZE is the size in bytes of the structure, or -1 if varying. */ | |
2519 | ||
2520 | static rtx | |
2521 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, value_mode, | |
2522 | unsignedp, align, total_size) | |
2523 | rtx target; | |
2524 | int bitsize, bitpos; | |
2525 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2526 | tree exp; | |
2527 | enum machine_mode value_mode; | |
2528 | int unsignedp; | |
2529 | int align; | |
2530 | int total_size; | |
2531 | { | |
906c4e36 | 2532 | HOST_WIDE_INT width_mask = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 2533 | |
906c4e36 RK |
2534 | if (bitsize < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
2535 | width_mask = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2536 | |
2537 | /* If we are storing into an unaligned field of an aligned union that is | |
2538 | in a register, we may have the mode of TARGET being an integer mode but | |
2539 | MODE == BLKmode. In that case, get an aligned object whose size and | |
2540 | alignment are the same as TARGET and store TARGET into it (we can avoid | |
2541 | the store if the field being stored is the entire width of TARGET). Then | |
2542 | call ourselves recursively to store the field into a BLKmode version of | |
2543 | that object. Finally, load from the object into TARGET. This is not | |
2544 | very efficient in general, but should only be slightly more expensive | |
2545 | than the otherwise-required unaligned accesses. Perhaps this can be | |
2546 | cleaned up later. */ | |
2547 | ||
2548 | if (mode == BLKmode | |
2549 | && (GET_CODE (target) == REG || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG)) | |
2550 | { | |
2551 | rtx object = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (target), | |
2552 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)), 0); | |
2553 | rtx blk_object = copy_rtx (object); | |
2554 | ||
2555 | PUT_MODE (blk_object, BLKmode); | |
2556 | ||
2557 | if (bitsize != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (target))) | |
2558 | emit_move_insn (object, target); | |
2559 | ||
2560 | store_field (blk_object, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, VOIDmode, 0, | |
2561 | align, total_size); | |
2562 | ||
2563 | emit_move_insn (target, object); | |
2564 | ||
2565 | return target; | |
2566 | } | |
2567 | ||
2568 | /* If the structure is in a register or if the component | |
2569 | is a bit field, we cannot use addressing to access it. | |
2570 | Use bit-field techniques or SUBREG to store in it. */ | |
2571 | ||
4fa52007 RK |
2572 | if (mode == VOIDmode |
2573 | || (mode != BLKmode && ! direct_store[(int) mode]) | |
2574 | || GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2575 | || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG) |
2576 | { | |
906c4e36 | 2577 | rtx temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2578 | /* Store the value in the bitfield. */ |
2579 | store_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, temp, align, total_size); | |
2580 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode) | |
2581 | { | |
2582 | /* The caller wants an rtx for the value. */ | |
2583 | /* If possible, avoid refetching from the bitfield itself. */ | |
2584 | if (width_mask != 0 | |
2585 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target))) | |
906c4e36 | 2586 | return expand_and (temp, GEN_INT (width_mask), NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 | 2587 | return extract_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp, |
906c4e36 RK |
2588 | NULL_RTX, value_mode, 0, align, |
2589 | total_size); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2590 | } |
2591 | return const0_rtx; | |
2592 | } | |
2593 | else | |
2594 | { | |
2595 | rtx addr = XEXP (target, 0); | |
2596 | rtx to_rtx; | |
2597 | ||
2598 | /* If a value is wanted, it must be the lhs; | |
2599 | so make the address stable for multiple use. */ | |
2600 | ||
2601 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode && GET_CODE (addr) != REG | |
2602 | && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (addr) | |
2603 | /* A frame-pointer reference is already stable. */ | |
2604 | && ! (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS | |
2605 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
2606 | && (XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx | |
2607 | || XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx))) | |
2608 | addr = copy_to_reg (addr); | |
2609 | ||
2610 | /* Now build a reference to just the desired component. */ | |
2611 | ||
2612 | to_rtx = change_address (target, mode, | |
2613 | plus_constant (addr, (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
2614 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
2615 | ||
2616 | return store_expr (exp, to_rtx, value_mode != VOIDmode); | |
2617 | } | |
2618 | } | |
2619 | \f | |
2620 | /* Given an expression EXP that may be a COMPONENT_REF, a BIT_FIELD_REF, | |
2621 | or an ARRAY_REF, look for nested COMPONENT_REFs, BIT_FIELD_REFs, or | |
2622 | ARRAY_REFs at constant positions and find the ultimate containing object, | |
2623 | which we return. | |
2624 | ||
2625 | We set *PBITSIZE to the size in bits that we want, *PBITPOS to the | |
2626 | bit position, and *PUNSIGNEDP to the signedness of the field. | |
7bb0943f RS |
2627 | If the position of the field is variable, we store a tree |
2628 | giving the variable offset (in units) in *POFFSET. | |
2629 | This offset is in addition to the bit position. | |
2630 | If the position is not variable, we store 0 in *POFFSET. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2631 | |
2632 | If any of the extraction expressions is volatile, | |
2633 | we store 1 in *PVOLATILEP. Otherwise we don't change that. | |
2634 | ||
2635 | If the field is a bit-field, *PMODE is set to VOIDmode. Otherwise, it | |
2636 | is a mode that can be used to access the field. In that case, *PBITSIZE | |
e7c33f54 RK |
2637 | is redundant. |
2638 | ||
2639 | If the field describes a variable-sized object, *PMODE is set to | |
2640 | VOIDmode and *PBITSIZE is set to -1. An access cannot be made in | |
2641 | this case, but the address of the object can be found. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2642 | |
2643 | tree | |
7bb0943f | 2644 | get_inner_reference (exp, pbitsize, pbitpos, poffset, pmode, punsignedp, pvolatilep) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2645 | tree exp; |
2646 | int *pbitsize; | |
2647 | int *pbitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 2648 | tree *poffset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2649 | enum machine_mode *pmode; |
2650 | int *punsignedp; | |
2651 | int *pvolatilep; | |
2652 | { | |
2653 | tree size_tree = 0; | |
2654 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode; | |
7bb0943f | 2655 | tree offset = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2656 | |
2657 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF) | |
2658 | { | |
2659 | size_tree = DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
2660 | if (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
2661 | mode = DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
2662 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
2663 | } | |
2664 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) | |
2665 | { | |
2666 | size_tree = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
2667 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (exp); | |
2668 | } | |
2669 | else | |
2670 | { | |
2671 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
2672 | *pbitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
2673 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
2674 | } | |
2675 | ||
2676 | if (size_tree) | |
2677 | { | |
2678 | if (TREE_CODE (size_tree) != INTEGER_CST) | |
e7c33f54 RK |
2679 | mode = BLKmode, *pbitsize = -1; |
2680 | else | |
2681 | *pbitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size_tree); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2682 | } |
2683 | ||
2684 | /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs and array-refs, | |
2685 | and find the ultimate containing object. */ | |
2686 | ||
2687 | *pbitpos = 0; | |
2688 | ||
2689 | while (1) | |
2690 | { | |
7bb0943f | 2691 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) |
bbf6f052 | 2692 | { |
7bb0943f RS |
2693 | tree pos = (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF |
2694 | ? DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
2695 | : TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
bbf6f052 | 2696 | |
7bb0943f RS |
2697 | if (TREE_CODE (pos) == PLUS_EXPR) |
2698 | { | |
2699 | tree constant, var; | |
2700 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
2701 | { | |
2702 | constant = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0); | |
2703 | var = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1); | |
2704 | } | |
2705 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
2706 | { | |
2707 | constant = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1); | |
2708 | var = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0); | |
2709 | } | |
2710 | else | |
2711 | abort (); | |
2712 | *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (constant); | |
2713 | if (offset) | |
2714 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, | |
2715 | size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, var, | |
2716 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
2717 | else | |
2718 | offset = size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, var, | |
2719 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
2720 | } | |
2721 | else if (TREE_CODE (pos) == INTEGER_CST) | |
2722 | *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (pos); | |
2723 | else | |
2724 | { | |
2725 | /* Assume here that the offset is a multiple of a unit. | |
2726 | If not, there should be an explicitly added constant. */ | |
2727 | if (offset) | |
2728 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, | |
2729 | size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, pos, | |
2730 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
2731 | else | |
2732 | offset = size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, pos, | |
2733 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
2734 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 2735 | } |
bbf6f052 | 2736 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2737 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF |
2738 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
2739 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) == INTEGER_CST) | |
2740 | { | |
2741 | *pbitpos += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
2742 | * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2743 | } |
2744 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) != NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
2745 | && ! ((TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR | |
2746 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
2747 | && (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
2748 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))) | |
2749 | break; | |
7bb0943f RS |
2750 | |
2751 | /* If any reference in the chain is volatile, the effect is volatile. */ | |
2752 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)) | |
2753 | *pvolatilep = 1; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2754 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
2755 | } | |
2756 | ||
2757 | /* If this was a bit-field, see if there is a mode that allows direct | |
2758 | access in case EXP is in memory. */ | |
2759 | if (mode == VOIDmode && *pbitpos % *pbitsize == 0) | |
2760 | { | |
2761 | mode = mode_for_size (*pbitsize, MODE_INT, 0); | |
2762 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
2763 | mode = VOIDmode; | |
2764 | } | |
2765 | ||
2766 | *pmode = mode; | |
7bb0943f RS |
2767 | *poffset = offset; |
2768 | #if 0 | |
2769 | /* We aren't finished fixing the callers to really handle nonzero offset. */ | |
2770 | if (offset != 0) | |
2771 | abort (); | |
2772 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2773 | |
2774 | return exp; | |
2775 | } | |
2776 | \f | |
2777 | /* Given an rtx VALUE that may contain additions and multiplications, | |
2778 | return an equivalent value that just refers to a register or memory. | |
2779 | This is done by generating instructions to perform the arithmetic | |
2780 | and returning a pseudo-register containing the value. */ | |
2781 | ||
2782 | rtx | |
2783 | force_operand (value, target) | |
2784 | rtx value, target; | |
2785 | { | |
2786 | register optab binoptab = 0; | |
2787 | /* Use a temporary to force order of execution of calls to | |
2788 | `force_operand'. */ | |
2789 | rtx tmp; | |
2790 | register rtx op2; | |
2791 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
2792 | register rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0); | |
2793 | ||
2794 | if (GET_CODE (value) == PLUS) | |
2795 | binoptab = add_optab; | |
2796 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == MINUS) | |
2797 | binoptab = sub_optab; | |
2798 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == MULT) | |
2799 | { | |
2800 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
2801 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) | |
2802 | && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget)) | |
2803 | subtarget = 0; | |
2804 | tmp = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); | |
2805 | return expand_mult (GET_MODE (value), tmp, | |
906c4e36 | 2806 | force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 RK |
2807 | target, 0); |
2808 | } | |
2809 | ||
2810 | if (binoptab) | |
2811 | { | |
2812 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
2813 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) | |
2814 | && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget)) | |
2815 | subtarget = 0; | |
2816 | if (binoptab == sub_optab && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT) | |
2817 | { | |
2818 | binoptab = add_optab; | |
2819 | op2 = negate_rtx (GET_MODE (value), op2); | |
2820 | } | |
2821 | ||
2822 | /* Check for an addition with OP2 a constant integer and our first | |
2823 | operand a PLUS of a virtual register and something else. In that | |
2824 | case, we want to emit the sum of the virtual register and the | |
2825 | constant first and then add the other value. This allows virtual | |
2826 | register instantiation to simply modify the constant rather than | |
2827 | creating another one around this addition. */ | |
2828 | if (binoptab == add_optab && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT | |
2829 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 0)) == PLUS | |
2830 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) == REG | |
2831 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER | |
2832 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) | |
2833 | { | |
2834 | rtx temp = expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, | |
2835 | XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0), op2, | |
2836 | subtarget, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
2837 | return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, temp, | |
2838 | force_operand (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 1), 0), | |
2839 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
2840 | } | |
2841 | ||
2842 | tmp = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); | |
2843 | return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, tmp, | |
906c4e36 | 2844 | force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 RK |
2845 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
2846 | /* We give UNSIGNEP = 0 to expand_binop | |
2847 | because the only operations we are expanding here are signed ones. */ | |
2848 | } | |
2849 | return value; | |
2850 | } | |
2851 | \f | |
2852 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: | |
2853 | save the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list | |
2854 | which can restore these values to their previous values, | |
2855 | should something modify their storage. */ | |
2856 | ||
2857 | static tree | |
2858 | save_noncopied_parts (lhs, list) | |
2859 | tree lhs; | |
2860 | tree list; | |
2861 | { | |
2862 | tree tail; | |
2863 | tree parts = 0; | |
2864 | ||
2865 | for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail)) | |
2866 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST) | |
2867 | parts = chainon (parts, save_noncopied_parts (lhs, TREE_VALUE (tail))); | |
2868 | else | |
2869 | { | |
2870 | tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail); | |
2871 | tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part); | |
906c4e36 | 2872 | tree to_be_saved = build (COMPONENT_REF, part_type, lhs, part); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2873 | rtx target = assign_stack_temp (TYPE_MODE (part_type), |
2874 | int_size_in_bytes (part_type), 0); | |
2875 | if (! memory_address_p (TYPE_MODE (part_type), XEXP (target, 0))) | |
906c4e36 | 2876 | target = change_address (target, TYPE_MODE (part_type), NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 | 2877 | parts = tree_cons (to_be_saved, |
906c4e36 RK |
2878 | build (RTL_EXPR, part_type, NULL_TREE, |
2879 | (tree) target), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2880 | parts); |
2881 | store_expr (TREE_PURPOSE (parts), RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (parts)), 0); | |
2882 | } | |
2883 | return parts; | |
2884 | } | |
2885 | ||
2886 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: | |
2887 | record the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list | |
2888 | which specifies the initial values of these parts. */ | |
2889 | ||
2890 | static tree | |
2891 | init_noncopied_parts (lhs, list) | |
2892 | tree lhs; | |
2893 | tree list; | |
2894 | { | |
2895 | tree tail; | |
2896 | tree parts = 0; | |
2897 | ||
2898 | for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail)) | |
2899 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST) | |
2900 | parts = chainon (parts, init_noncopied_parts (lhs, TREE_VALUE (tail))); | |
2901 | else | |
2902 | { | |
2903 | tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail); | |
2904 | tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part); | |
906c4e36 | 2905 | tree to_be_initialized = build (COMPONENT_REF, part_type, lhs, part); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2906 | parts = tree_cons (TREE_PURPOSE (tail), to_be_initialized, parts); |
2907 | } | |
2908 | return parts; | |
2909 | } | |
2910 | ||
2911 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff there is no way that | |
2912 | EXP can reference X, which is being modified. */ | |
2913 | ||
2914 | static int | |
2915 | safe_from_p (x, exp) | |
2916 | rtx x; | |
2917 | tree exp; | |
2918 | { | |
2919 | rtx exp_rtl = 0; | |
2920 | int i, nops; | |
2921 | ||
2922 | if (x == 0) | |
2923 | return 1; | |
2924 | ||
2925 | /* If this is a subreg of a hard register, declare it unsafe, otherwise, | |
2926 | find the underlying pseudo. */ | |
2927 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) | |
2928 | { | |
2929 | x = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
2930 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
2931 | return 0; | |
2932 | } | |
2933 | ||
2934 | /* If X is a location in the outgoing argument area, it is always safe. */ | |
2935 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
2936 | && (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx | |
2937 | || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS | |
2938 | && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx))) | |
2939 | return 1; | |
2940 | ||
2941 | switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp))) | |
2942 | { | |
2943 | case 'd': | |
2944 | exp_rtl = DECL_RTL (exp); | |
2945 | break; | |
2946 | ||
2947 | case 'c': | |
2948 | return 1; | |
2949 | ||
2950 | case 'x': | |
2951 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TREE_LIST) | |
f32fd778 RS |
2952 | return ((TREE_VALUE (exp) == 0 |
2953 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_VALUE (exp))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2954 | && (TREE_CHAIN (exp) == 0 |
2955 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_CHAIN (exp)))); | |
2956 | else | |
2957 | return 0; | |
2958 | ||
2959 | case '1': | |
2960 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
2961 | ||
2962 | case '2': | |
2963 | case '<': | |
2964 | return (safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
2965 | && safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
2966 | ||
2967 | case 'e': | |
2968 | case 'r': | |
2969 | /* Now do code-specific tests. EXP_RTL is set to any rtx we find in | |
2970 | the expression. If it is set, we conflict iff we are that rtx or | |
2971 | both are in memory. Otherwise, we check all operands of the | |
2972 | expression recursively. */ | |
2973 | ||
2974 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
2975 | { | |
2976 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
2977 | return staticp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
2978 | ||
2979 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
2980 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
2981 | return 0; | |
2982 | break; | |
2983 | ||
2984 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
2985 | exp_rtl = CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
2986 | if (exp_rtl == 0) | |
2987 | { | |
2988 | /* Assume that the call will clobber all hard registers and | |
2989 | all of memory. */ | |
2990 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
2991 | || GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
2992 | return 0; | |
2993 | } | |
2994 | ||
2995 | break; | |
2996 | ||
2997 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
2998 | exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
2999 | if (exp_rtl == 0) | |
3000 | /* We don't know what this can modify. */ | |
3001 | return 0; | |
3002 | ||
3003 | break; | |
3004 | ||
3005 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
3006 | exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
3007 | break; | |
3008 | ||
3009 | case SAVE_EXPR: | |
3010 | exp_rtl = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
3011 | break; | |
3012 | ||
8129842c RS |
3013 | case BIND_EXPR: |
3014 | /* The only operand we look at is operand 1. The rest aren't | |
3015 | part of the expression. */ | |
3016 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
3017 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3018 | case METHOD_CALL_EXPR: |
3019 | /* This takes a rtx argument, but shouldn't appear here. */ | |
3020 | abort (); | |
3021 | } | |
3022 | ||
3023 | /* If we have an rtx, we do not need to scan our operands. */ | |
3024 | if (exp_rtl) | |
3025 | break; | |
3026 | ||
3027 | nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)]; | |
3028 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) | |
3029 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0 | |
3030 | && ! safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, i))) | |
3031 | return 0; | |
3032 | } | |
3033 | ||
3034 | /* If we have an rtl, find any enclosed object. Then see if we conflict | |
3035 | with it. */ | |
3036 | if (exp_rtl) | |
3037 | { | |
3038 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == SUBREG) | |
3039 | { | |
3040 | exp_rtl = SUBREG_REG (exp_rtl); | |
3041 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == REG | |
3042 | && REGNO (exp_rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
3043 | return 0; | |
3044 | } | |
3045 | ||
3046 | /* If the rtl is X, then it is not safe. Otherwise, it is unless both | |
3047 | are memory and EXP is not readonly. */ | |
3048 | return ! (rtx_equal_p (x, exp_rtl) | |
3049 | || (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == MEM | |
3050 | && ! TREE_READONLY (exp))); | |
3051 | } | |
3052 | ||
3053 | /* If we reach here, it is safe. */ | |
3054 | return 1; | |
3055 | } | |
3056 | ||
3057 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff EXP is an | |
3058 | expression whose type is statically determinable. */ | |
3059 | ||
3060 | static int | |
3061 | fixed_type_p (exp) | |
3062 | tree exp; | |
3063 | { | |
3064 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == PARM_DECL | |
3065 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == VAR_DECL | |
3066 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CALL_EXPR || TREE_CODE (exp) == TARGET_EXPR | |
3067 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF | |
3068 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF) | |
3069 | return 1; | |
3070 | return 0; | |
3071 | } | |
3072 | \f | |
3073 | /* expand_expr: generate code for computing expression EXP. | |
3074 | An rtx for the computed value is returned. The value is never null. | |
3075 | In the case of a void EXP, const0_rtx is returned. | |
3076 | ||
3077 | The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero. | |
3078 | TARGET is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
3079 | the rtx returned may not be the same as TARGET. | |
3080 | ||
3081 | If TARGET is CONST0_RTX, it means that the value will be ignored. | |
3082 | ||
3083 | If TMODE is not VOIDmode, it suggests generating the | |
3084 | result in mode TMODE. But this is done only when convenient. | |
3085 | Otherwise, TMODE is ignored and the value generated in its natural mode. | |
3086 | TMODE is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
3087 | the rtx returned may not have mode TMODE. | |
3088 | ||
3089 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS says that it is okay to return a MEM | |
3090 | with a constant address even if that address is not normally legitimate. | |
3091 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER and EXPAND_SUM also have this effect. | |
3092 | ||
3093 | If MODIFIER is EXPAND_SUM then when EXP is an addition | |
3094 | we can return an rtx of the form (MULT (REG ...) (CONST_INT ...)) | |
3095 | or a nest of (PLUS ...) and (MINUS ...) where the terms are | |
3096 | products as above, or REG or MEM, or constant. | |
3097 | Ordinarily in such cases we would output mul or add instructions | |
3098 | and then return a pseudo reg containing the sum. | |
3099 | ||
3100 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER is much like EXPAND_SUM except that | |
3101 | it also marks a label as absolutely required (it can't be dead). | |
26fcb35a | 3102 | It also makes a ZERO_EXTEND or SIGN_EXTEND instead of emitting extend insns. |
6dc42e49 | 3103 | This is used for outputting expressions used in initializers. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
3104 | |
3105 | rtx | |
3106 | expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier) | |
3107 | register tree exp; | |
3108 | rtx target; | |
3109 | enum machine_mode tmode; | |
3110 | enum expand_modifier modifier; | |
3111 | { | |
3112 | register rtx op0, op1, temp; | |
3113 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
3114 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
3115 | register enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
3116 | register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
3117 | optab this_optab; | |
3118 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
3119 | rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0); | |
3120 | rtx original_target = target; | |
3121 | int ignore = target == const0_rtx; | |
3122 | tree context; | |
3123 | ||
3124 | /* Don't use hard regs as subtargets, because the combiner | |
3125 | can only handle pseudo regs. */ | |
3126 | if (subtarget && REGNO (subtarget) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
3127 | subtarget = 0; | |
3128 | /* Avoid subtargets inside loops, | |
3129 | since they hide some invariant expressions. */ | |
3130 | if (preserve_subexpressions_p ()) | |
3131 | subtarget = 0; | |
3132 | ||
3133 | if (ignore) target = 0, original_target = 0; | |
3134 | ||
3135 | /* If will do cse, generate all results into pseudo registers | |
3136 | since 1) that allows cse to find more things | |
3137 | and 2) otherwise cse could produce an insn the machine | |
3138 | cannot support. */ | |
3139 | ||
3140 | if (! cse_not_expected && mode != BLKmode && target | |
3141 | && (GET_CODE (target) != REG || REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
3142 | target = subtarget; | |
3143 | ||
3144 | /* Ensure we reference a volatile object even if value is ignored. */ | |
3145 | if (ignore && TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) | |
3146 | && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) | |
3147 | { | |
3148 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
3149 | temp = expand_expr (exp, target, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
3150 | if (temp != target) | |
3151 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
3152 | return target; | |
3153 | } | |
3154 | ||
3155 | switch (code) | |
3156 | { | |
3157 | case LABEL_DECL: | |
b552441b RS |
3158 | { |
3159 | tree function = decl_function_context (exp); | |
3160 | /* Handle using a label in a containing function. */ | |
3161 | if (function != current_function_decl && function != 0) | |
3162 | { | |
3163 | struct function *p = find_function_data (function); | |
3164 | /* Allocate in the memory associated with the function | |
3165 | that the label is in. */ | |
3166 | push_obstacks (p->function_obstack, | |
3167 | p->function_maybepermanent_obstack); | |
3168 | ||
3169 | p->forced_labels = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, | |
3170 | label_rtx (exp), p->forced_labels); | |
3171 | pop_obstacks (); | |
3172 | } | |
3173 | else if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
3174 | forced_labels = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, | |
3175 | label_rtx (exp), forced_labels); | |
26fcb35a | 3176 | temp = gen_rtx (MEM, FUNCTION_MODE, |
b552441b | 3177 | gen_rtx (LABEL_REF, Pmode, label_rtx (exp))); |
26fcb35a RS |
3178 | if (function != current_function_decl && function != 0) |
3179 | LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (XEXP (temp, 0)) = 1; | |
3180 | return temp; | |
b552441b | 3181 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3182 | |
3183 | case PARM_DECL: | |
3184 | if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
3185 | { | |
3186 | error_with_decl (exp, "prior parameter's size depends on `%s'"); | |
4af3895e | 3187 | return CONST0_RTX (mode); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3188 | } |
3189 | ||
3190 | case FUNCTION_DECL: | |
3191 | case VAR_DECL: | |
3192 | case RESULT_DECL: | |
3193 | if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
3194 | abort (); | |
3195 | /* Ensure variable marked as used | |
3196 | even if it doesn't go through a parser. */ | |
3197 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
3198 | /* Handle variables inherited from containing functions. */ | |
3199 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
3200 | ||
3201 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function | |
3202 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
3203 | are being merged into the current function. | |
3204 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
3205 | if (context != 0 && context != current_function_decl | |
3206 | && context != inline_function_decl | |
3207 | /* If var is static, we don't need a static chain to access it. */ | |
3208 | && ! (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
3209 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)))) | |
3210 | { | |
3211 | rtx addr; | |
3212 | ||
3213 | /* Mark as non-local and addressable. */ | |
81feeecb | 3214 | DECL_NONLOCAL (exp) = 1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3215 | mark_addressable (exp); |
3216 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != MEM) | |
3217 | abort (); | |
3218 | addr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0); | |
3219 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM) | |
3220 | addr = gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode, fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (addr, 0), exp)); | |
3221 | else | |
3222 | addr = fix_lexical_addr (addr, exp); | |
3223 | return change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), mode, addr); | |
3224 | } | |
4af3895e | 3225 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3226 | /* This is the case of an array whose size is to be determined |
3227 | from its initializer, while the initializer is still being parsed. | |
3228 | See expand_decl. */ | |
3229 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
3230 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) == REG) | |
3231 | return change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)), | |
3232 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)); | |
3233 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
3234 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
3235 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
3236 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
3237 | { | |
3238 | /* DECL_RTL probably contains a constant address. | |
3239 | On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid, | |
3240 | make some insns to get that address into a register. */ | |
3241 | if (!memory_address_p (DECL_MODE (exp), XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) | |
3242 | || (flag_force_addr | |
3243 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)))) | |
3244 | return change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), VOIDmode, | |
3245 | copy_rtx (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))); | |
3246 | } | |
3247 | return DECL_RTL (exp); | |
3248 | ||
3249 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
3250 | return immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp), | |
3251 | TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp), | |
3252 | mode); | |
3253 | ||
3254 | case CONST_DECL: | |
3255 | return expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (exp), target, VOIDmode, 0); | |
3256 | ||
3257 | case REAL_CST: | |
3258 | /* If optimized, generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE | |
3259 | which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary. | |
3260 | ||
3261 | We used to force a register so that loop.c could see it. But | |
3262 | this does not allow gen_* patterns to perform optimizations with | |
3263 | the constants. It also produces two insns in cases like "x = 1.0;". | |
3264 | On most machines, floating-point constants are not permitted in | |
3265 | many insns, so we'd end up copying it to a register in any case. | |
3266 | ||
3267 | Now, we do the copying in expand_binop, if appropriate. */ | |
3268 | return immed_real_const (exp); | |
3269 | ||
3270 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
3271 | case STRING_CST: | |
3272 | if (! TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) | |
3273 | output_constant_def (exp); | |
3274 | ||
3275 | /* TREE_CST_RTL probably contains a constant address. | |
3276 | On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid, | |
3277 | make some insns to get that address into a register. */ | |
3278 | if (GET_CODE (TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
3279 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
3280 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
3281 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
3282 | && !memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0))) | |
3283 | return change_address (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), VOIDmode, | |
3284 | copy_rtx (XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0))); | |
3285 | return TREE_CST_RTL (exp); | |
3286 | ||
3287 | case SAVE_EXPR: | |
3288 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
3289 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function | |
3290 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
3291 | are being merged into the current function. | |
3292 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
3293 | if (context == current_function_decl || context == inline_function_decl) | |
3294 | context = 0; | |
3295 | ||
3296 | /* If this is non-local, handle it. */ | |
3297 | if (context) | |
3298 | { | |
3299 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
3300 | if (temp && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) | |
3301 | { | |
3302 | put_var_into_stack (exp); | |
3303 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
3304 | } | |
3305 | if (temp == 0 || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
3306 | abort (); | |
3307 | return change_address (temp, mode, | |
3308 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (temp, 0), exp)); | |
3309 | } | |
3310 | if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
3311 | { | |
3312 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
3313 | temp | |
3314 | = assign_stack_temp (mode, | |
3315 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)), 0); | |
3316 | else | |
3317 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
3318 | SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) = temp; | |
3319 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), temp, 0); | |
3320 | if (!optimize && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) | |
3321 | save_expr_regs = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, temp, | |
3322 | save_expr_regs); | |
3323 | } | |
3324 | return SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
3325 | ||
3326 | case EXIT_EXPR: | |
3327 | /* Exit the current loop if the body-expression is true. */ | |
3328 | { | |
3329 | rtx label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
906c4e36 RK |
3330 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), label, NULL_RTX); |
3331 | expand_exit_loop (NULL_PTR); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3332 | emit_label (label); |
3333 | } | |
3334 | return const0_rtx; | |
3335 | ||
3336 | case LOOP_EXPR: | |
3337 | expand_start_loop (1); | |
3338 | expand_expr_stmt (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
3339 | expand_end_loop (); | |
3340 | ||
3341 | return const0_rtx; | |
3342 | ||
3343 | case BIND_EXPR: | |
3344 | { | |
3345 | tree vars = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
3346 | int vars_need_expansion = 0; | |
3347 | ||
3348 | /* Need to open a binding contour here because | |
3349 | if there are any cleanups they most be contained here. */ | |
3350 | expand_start_bindings (0); | |
3351 | ||
3352 | /* Mark the corresponding BLOCK for output. */ | |
3353 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) != 0) | |
3354 | TREE_USED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) = 1; | |
3355 | ||
3356 | /* If VARS have not yet been expanded, expand them now. */ | |
3357 | while (vars) | |
3358 | { | |
3359 | if (DECL_RTL (vars) == 0) | |
3360 | { | |
3361 | vars_need_expansion = 1; | |
3362 | expand_decl (vars); | |
3363 | } | |
3364 | expand_decl_init (vars); | |
3365 | vars = TREE_CHAIN (vars); | |
3366 | } | |
3367 | ||
3368 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, tmode, modifier); | |
3369 | ||
3370 | expand_end_bindings (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, 0); | |
3371 | ||
3372 | return temp; | |
3373 | } | |
3374 | ||
3375 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
3376 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) == const0_rtx) | |
3377 | abort (); | |
3378 | emit_insns (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)); | |
3379 | RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) = const0_rtx; | |
3380 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
3381 | ||
3382 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
4af3895e JVA |
3383 | /* All elts simple constants => refer to a constant in memory. But |
3384 | if this is a non-BLKmode mode, let it store a field at a time | |
3385 | since that should make a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE when we | |
3386 | fold. */ | |
3387 | if (TREE_STATIC (exp) && (mode == BLKmode || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3388 | { |
3389 | rtx constructor = output_constant_def (exp); | |
b552441b RS |
3390 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
3391 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
3392 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
3393 | && !memory_address_p (GET_MODE (constructor), | |
3394 | XEXP (constructor, 0))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3395 | constructor = change_address (constructor, VOIDmode, |
3396 | XEXP (constructor, 0)); | |
3397 | return constructor; | |
3398 | } | |
3399 | ||
3400 | if (ignore) | |
3401 | { | |
3402 | tree elt; | |
3403 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
3404 | expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
3405 | return const0_rtx; | |
3406 | } | |
3407 | else | |
3408 | { | |
3409 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp)) | |
3410 | { | |
3411 | if (mode != BLKmode && ! TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp)) | |
3412 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
3413 | else | |
3414 | { | |
3415 | rtx safe_target = assign_stack_temp (mode, int_size_in_bytes (type), 0); | |
3416 | if (target) | |
3417 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (safe_target) = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (target); | |
3418 | target = safe_target; | |
3419 | } | |
3420 | } | |
3421 | store_constructor (exp, target); | |
3422 | return target; | |
3423 | } | |
3424 | ||
3425 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
3426 | { | |
3427 | tree exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
3428 | tree exp2; | |
3429 | ||
3430 | /* A SAVE_EXPR as the address in an INDIRECT_EXPR is generated | |
3431 | for *PTR += ANYTHING where PTR is put inside the SAVE_EXPR. | |
3432 | This code has the same general effect as simply doing | |
3433 | expand_expr on the save expr, except that the expression PTR | |
3434 | is computed for use as a memory address. This means different | |
3435 | code, suitable for indexing, may be generated. */ | |
3436 | if (TREE_CODE (exp1) == SAVE_EXPR | |
3437 | && SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp1) == 0 | |
3438 | && TREE_CODE (exp2 = TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0)) != ERROR_MARK | |
3439 | && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp1)) == Pmode | |
3440 | && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp2)) == Pmode) | |
3441 | { | |
906c4e36 RK |
3442 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0), NULL_RTX, |
3443 | VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3444 | op0 = memory_address (mode, temp); |
3445 | op0 = copy_all_regs (op0); | |
3446 | SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp1) = op0; | |
3447 | } | |
3448 | else | |
3449 | { | |
906c4e36 | 3450 | op0 = expand_expr (exp1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3451 | op0 = memory_address (mode, op0); |
3452 | } | |
8c8a8e34 JW |
3453 | |
3454 | temp = gen_rtx (MEM, mode, op0); | |
3455 | /* If address was computed by addition, | |
3456 | mark this as an element of an aggregate. */ | |
3457 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR | |
3458 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == SAVE_EXPR | |
3459 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) == PLUS_EXPR) | |
3460 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == ARRAY_TYPE | |
3461 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == RECORD_TYPE | |
3462 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == UNION_TYPE | |
3463 | || (TREE_CODE (exp1) == ADDR_EXPR | |
3464 | && (exp2 = TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0)) | |
3465 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp2)) == ARRAY_TYPE | |
3466 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp2)) == RECORD_TYPE | |
3467 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp2)) == UNION_TYPE))) | |
3468 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (temp) = 1; | |
3469 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) || flag_volatile; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3470 | #if 0 /* It is incorrectto set RTX_UNCHANGING_P here, because the fact that |
3471 | a location is accessed through a pointer to const does not mean | |
3472 | that the value there can never change. */ | |
8c8a8e34 | 3473 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = TREE_READONLY (exp); |
bbf6f052 | 3474 | #endif |
8c8a8e34 JW |
3475 | return temp; |
3476 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3477 | |
3478 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
3479 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != INTEGER_CST | |
3480 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST) | |
3481 | { | |
3482 | /* Nonconstant array index or nonconstant element size. | |
3483 | Generate the tree for *(&array+index) and expand that, | |
3484 | except do it in a language-independent way | |
3485 | and don't complain about non-lvalue arrays. | |
3486 | `mark_addressable' should already have been called | |
3487 | for any array for which this case will be reached. */ | |
3488 | ||
3489 | /* Don't forget the const or volatile flag from the array element. */ | |
3490 | tree variant_type = build_type_variant (type, | |
3491 | TREE_READONLY (exp), | |
3492 | TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)); | |
3493 | tree array_adr = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, build_pointer_type (variant_type), | |
3494 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
3495 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
3496 | tree elt; | |
3497 | ||
3498 | /* Convert the integer argument to a type the same size as a pointer | |
3499 | so the multiply won't overflow spuriously. */ | |
3500 | if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (index)) != POINTER_SIZE) | |
3501 | index = convert (type_for_size (POINTER_SIZE, 0), index); | |
3502 | ||
3503 | /* Don't think the address has side effects | |
3504 | just because the array does. | |
3505 | (In some cases the address might have side effects, | |
3506 | and we fail to record that fact here. However, it should not | |
3507 | matter, since expand_expr should not care.) */ | |
3508 | TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array_adr) = 0; | |
3509 | ||
3510 | elt = build1 (INDIRECT_REF, type, | |
3511 | fold (build (PLUS_EXPR, TYPE_POINTER_TO (variant_type), | |
3512 | array_adr, | |
3513 | fold (build (MULT_EXPR, | |
3514 | TYPE_POINTER_TO (variant_type), | |
3515 | index, size_in_bytes (type)))))); | |
3516 | ||
3517 | /* Volatility, etc., of new expression is same as old expression. */ | |
3518 | TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (elt) = TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp); | |
3519 | TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (elt) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp); | |
3520 | TREE_READONLY (elt) = TREE_READONLY (exp); | |
3521 | ||
3522 | return expand_expr (elt, target, tmode, modifier); | |
3523 | } | |
3524 | ||
3525 | /* Fold an expression like: "foo"[2]. | |
3526 | This is not done in fold so it won't happen inside &. */ | |
3527 | { | |
3528 | int i; | |
3529 | tree arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
3530 | tree arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
3531 | ||
3532 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == STRING_CST | |
3533 | && TREE_CODE (arg1) == INTEGER_CST | |
3534 | && !TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (arg1) | |
3535 | && (i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (arg1)) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (arg0)) | |
3536 | { | |
3537 | if (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (arg0)) == integer_type_node) | |
3538 | { | |
3539 | exp = build_int_2 (((int *)TREE_STRING_POINTER (arg0))[i], 0); | |
3540 | TREE_TYPE (exp) = integer_type_node; | |
3541 | return expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier); | |
3542 | } | |
3543 | if (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (arg0)) == char_type_node) | |
3544 | { | |
3545 | exp = build_int_2 (TREE_STRING_POINTER (arg0)[i], 0); | |
3546 | TREE_TYPE (exp) = integer_type_node; | |
3547 | return expand_expr (convert (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (arg0)), exp), target, tmode, modifier); | |
3548 | } | |
3549 | } | |
3550 | } | |
3551 | ||
3552 | /* If this is a constant index into a constant array, | |
4af3895e JVA |
3553 | just get the value from the array. Handle both the cases when |
3554 | we have an explicit constructor and when our operand is a variable | |
3555 | that was declared const. */ | |
3556 | ||
3557 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
3558 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
3559 | { | |
3560 | tree index = fold (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
3561 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
3562 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0) | |
3563 | { | |
3564 | int i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
3565 | tree elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
3566 | ||
3567 | while (elem && i--) | |
3568 | elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem); | |
3569 | if (elem) | |
3570 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, | |
3571 | tmode, modifier); | |
3572 | } | |
3573 | } | |
3574 | ||
3575 | else if (TREE_READONLY (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
3576 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
3577 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == ARRAY_TYPE | |
3578 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == VAR_DECL | |
3579 | && DECL_INITIAL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
3580 | && optimize >= 1 | |
3581 | && (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
3582 | != ERROR_MARK)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3583 | { |
3584 | tree index = fold (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
8c8a8e34 JW |
3585 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST |
3586 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3587 | { |
3588 | int i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
8c8a8e34 | 3589 | tree init = DECL_INITIAL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
bbf6f052 | 3590 | |
8c8a8e34 JW |
3591 | if (TREE_CODE (init) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
3592 | { | |
3593 | tree elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init); | |
3594 | ||
3595 | while (elem && i--) | |
3596 | elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem); | |
3597 | if (elem) | |
3598 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, | |
3599 | tmode, modifier); | |
3600 | } | |
3601 | else if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST | |
3602 | && i < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)) | |
3603 | { | |
906c4e36 | 3604 | temp = GEN_INT (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)[i]); |
8c8a8e34 JW |
3605 | return convert_to_mode (mode, temp, 0); |
3606 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3607 | } |
3608 | } | |
3609 | /* Treat array-ref with constant index as a component-ref. */ | |
3610 | ||
3611 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
3612 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
4af3895e JVA |
3613 | /* If the operand is a CONSTRUCTOR, we can just extract the |
3614 | appropriate field if it is present. */ | |
3615 | if (code != ARRAY_REF | |
3616 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
3617 | { | |
3618 | tree elt; | |
3619 | ||
3620 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); elt; | |
3621 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
3622 | if (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
3623 | return expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), target, tmode, modifier); | |
3624 | } | |
3625 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3626 | { |
3627 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
3628 | int bitsize; | |
3629 | int bitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 3630 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 | 3631 | int volatilep = 0; |
7bb0943f | 3632 | tree tem = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3633 | &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep); |
3634 | ||
3635 | /* In some cases, we will be offsetting OP0's address by a constant. | |
3636 | So get it as a sum, if possible. If we will be using it | |
3637 | directly in an insn, we validate it. */ | |
906c4e36 | 3638 | op0 = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
bbf6f052 | 3639 | |
8c8a8e34 JW |
3640 | /* If this is a constant, put it into a register if it is a |
3641 | legimate constant and memory if it isn't. */ | |
3642 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
3643 | { | |
3644 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)); | |
3645 | if (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
3646 | op0 = force_reg (mode, op0); | |
3647 | else | |
3648 | op0 = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, op0)); | |
3649 | } | |
3650 | ||
7bb0943f RS |
3651 | if (offset != 0) |
3652 | { | |
906c4e36 | 3653 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
7bb0943f RS |
3654 | |
3655 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) | |
3656 | abort (); | |
3657 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, | |
3658 | gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, XEXP (op0, 0), | |
3659 | force_reg (Pmode, offset_rtx))); | |
3660 | } | |
3661 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3662 | /* Don't forget about volatility even if this is a bitfield. */ |
3663 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && volatilep && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0)) | |
3664 | { | |
3665 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
3666 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) = 1; | |
3667 | } | |
3668 | ||
3669 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode | |
0bba3f6f RK |
3670 | || (mode1 != BLKmode && ! direct_load[(int) mode1] |
3671 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
3672 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3673 | || GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) |
3674 | { | |
3675 | /* In cases where an aligned union has an unaligned object | |
3676 | as a field, we might be extracting a BLKmode value from | |
3677 | an integer-mode (e.g., SImode) object. Handle this case | |
3678 | by doing the extract into an object as wide as the field | |
3679 | (which we know to be the width of a basic mode), then | |
3680 | storing into memory, and changing the mode to BLKmode. */ | |
3681 | enum machine_mode ext_mode = mode; | |
3682 | ||
3683 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
3684 | ext_mode = mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT, 1); | |
3685 | ||
3686 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
3687 | abort (); | |
3688 | ||
3689 | op0 = extract_bit_field (validize_mem (op0), bitsize, bitpos, | |
3690 | unsignedp, target, ext_mode, ext_mode, | |
3691 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
3692 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem))); | |
3693 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
3694 | { | |
3695 | rtx new = assign_stack_temp (ext_mode, | |
3696 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0); | |
3697 | ||
3698 | emit_move_insn (new, op0); | |
3699 | op0 = copy_rtx (new); | |
3700 | PUT_MODE (op0, BLKmode); | |
3701 | } | |
3702 | ||
3703 | return op0; | |
3704 | } | |
3705 | ||
3706 | /* Get a reference to just this component. */ | |
3707 | if (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
3708 | || modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
3709 | op0 = gen_rtx (MEM, mode1, plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
3710 | (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
3711 | else | |
3712 | op0 = change_address (op0, mode1, | |
3713 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
3714 | (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
3715 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (op0) = 1; | |
3716 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volatilep; | |
3717 | if (mode == mode1 || mode1 == BLKmode || mode1 == tmode) | |
3718 | return op0; | |
3719 | if (target == 0) | |
3720 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
3721 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
3722 | return target; | |
3723 | } | |
3724 | ||
3725 | case OFFSET_REF: | |
3726 | { | |
3727 | tree base = build_unary_op (ADDR_EXPR, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
3728 | tree addr = build (PLUS_EXPR, type, base, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
906c4e36 | 3729 | op0 = expand_expr (addr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3730 | temp = gen_rtx (MEM, mode, memory_address (mode, op0)); |
3731 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (temp) = 1; | |
3732 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) || flag_volatile; | |
3733 | #if 0 /* It is incorrectto set RTX_UNCHANGING_P here, because the fact that | |
3734 | a location is accessed through a pointer to const does not mean | |
3735 | that the value there can never change. */ | |
3736 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = TREE_READONLY (exp); | |
3737 | #endif | |
3738 | return temp; | |
3739 | } | |
3740 | ||
3741 | /* Intended for a reference to a buffer of a file-object in Pascal. | |
3742 | But it's not certain that a special tree code will really be | |
3743 | necessary for these. INDIRECT_REF might work for them. */ | |
3744 | case BUFFER_REF: | |
3745 | abort (); | |
3746 | ||
3747 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
3748 | if (RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
3749 | { | |
3750 | RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp) | |
3751 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier); | |
906c4e36 RK |
3752 | cleanups_this_call |
3753 | = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), cleanups_this_call); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3754 | /* That's it for this cleanup. */ |
3755 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) = 0; | |
3756 | } | |
3757 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
3758 | ||
3759 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
3760 | /* Check for a built-in function. */ | |
3761 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
3762 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL | |
3763 | && DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
3764 | return expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, tmode, ignore); | |
3765 | /* If this call was expanded already by preexpand_calls, | |
3766 | just return the result we got. */ | |
3767 | if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0) | |
3768 | return CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
8129842c | 3769 | return expand_call (exp, target, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3770 | |
3771 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
3772 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
3773 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
3774 | case REFERENCE_EXPR: | |
3775 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE || ignore) | |
3776 | { | |
3777 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
3778 | return const0_rtx; | |
3779 | } | |
3780 | if (mode == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
3781 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
3782 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE) | |
3783 | { | |
3784 | tree valtype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
3785 | if (target == 0) | |
3786 | { | |
3787 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
3788 | { | |
3789 | if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == 0 | |
3790 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST) | |
3791 | abort (); | |
3792 | target = assign_stack_temp (BLKmode, | |
3793 | (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (type)) | |
3794 | + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) | |
3795 | / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0); | |
3796 | } | |
3797 | else | |
3798 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
3799 | } | |
3800 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) | |
3801 | /* Store data into beginning of memory target. */ | |
3802 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
906c4e36 RK |
3803 | change_address (target, TYPE_MODE (valtype), 0), |
3804 | NULL_RTX); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3805 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG) |
3806 | /* Store this field into a union of the proper type. */ | |
3807 | store_field (target, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (valtype)), 0, | |
3808 | TYPE_MODE (valtype), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
3809 | VOIDmode, 0, 1, | |
3810 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
3811 | else | |
3812 | abort (); | |
3813 | ||
3814 | /* Return the entire union. */ | |
3815 | return target; | |
3816 | } | |
26fcb35a | 3817 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, mode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3818 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode || GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode) |
3819 | return op0; | |
26fcb35a RS |
3820 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
3821 | return gen_rtx (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3822 | if (flag_force_mem && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) |
3823 | op0 = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
3824 | ||
3825 | if (target == 0) | |
3826 | return convert_to_mode (mode, op0, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
3827 | else | |
3828 | convert_move (target, op0, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
3829 | return target; | |
3830 | ||
3831 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
3832 | /* We come here from MINUS_EXPR when the second operand is a constant. */ | |
3833 | plus_expr: | |
3834 | this_optab = add_optab; | |
3835 | ||
3836 | /* If we are adding a constant, an RTL_EXPR that is sp, fp, or ap, and | |
3837 | something else, make sure we add the register to the constant and | |
3838 | then to the other thing. This case can occur during strength | |
3839 | reduction and doing it this way will produce better code if the | |
3840 | frame pointer or argument pointer is eliminated. | |
3841 | ||
3842 | fold-const.c will ensure that the constant is always in the inner | |
3843 | PLUS_EXPR, so the only case we need to do anything about is if | |
3844 | sp, ap, or fp is our second argument, in which case we must swap | |
3845 | the innermost first argument and our second argument. */ | |
3846 | ||
3847 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR | |
3848 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
3849 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == RTL_EXPR | |
3850 | && (RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
3851 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == stack_pointer_rtx | |
3852 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == arg_pointer_rtx)) | |
3853 | { | |
3854 | tree t = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
3855 | ||
3856 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
3857 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) = t; | |
3858 | } | |
3859 | ||
3860 | /* If the result is to be Pmode and we are adding an integer to | |
3861 | something, we might be forming a constant. So try to use | |
3862 | plus_constant. If it produces a sum and we can't accept it, | |
3863 | use force_operand. This allows P = &ARR[const] to generate | |
3864 | efficient code on machines where a SYMBOL_REF is not a valid | |
3865 | address. | |
3866 | ||
3867 | If this is an EXPAND_SUM call, always return the sum. */ | |
3868 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST | |
906c4e36 | 3869 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
bbf6f052 RK |
3870 | && (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
3871 | || mode == Pmode)) | |
3872 | { | |
3873 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), subtarget, VOIDmode, | |
3874 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
3875 | op1 = plus_constant (op1, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
3876 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
3877 | op1 = force_operand (op1, target); | |
3878 | return op1; | |
3879 | } | |
3880 | ||
3881 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
3882 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT | |
3883 | && (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
3884 | || mode == Pmode)) | |
3885 | { | |
3886 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, | |
3887 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
3888 | op0 = plus_constant (op0, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
3889 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
3890 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
3891 | return op0; | |
3892 | } | |
3893 | ||
3894 | /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done | |
3895 | if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address. | |
3896 | And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or | |
3897 | zero-extend. */ | |
3898 | if ((modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
3899 | || mode != Pmode) goto binop; | |
3900 | ||
3901 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
3902 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
3903 | subtarget = 0; | |
3904 | ||
3905 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
906c4e36 | 3906 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3907 | |
3908 | /* Make sure any term that's a sum with a constant comes last. */ | |
3909 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS | |
3910 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))) | |
3911 | { | |
3912 | temp = op0; | |
3913 | op0 = op1; | |
3914 | op1 = temp; | |
3915 | } | |
3916 | /* If adding to a sum including a constant, | |
3917 | associate it to put the constant outside. */ | |
3918 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS | |
3919 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op1, 1))) | |
3920 | { | |
3921 | rtx constant_term = const0_rtx; | |
3922 | ||
3923 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0); | |
3924 | if (temp != 0) | |
3925 | op0 = temp; | |
6f90e075 JW |
3926 | /* Ensure that MULT comes first if there is one. */ |
3927 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == MULT) | |
3928 | op0 = gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3929 | else |
3930 | op0 = gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0); | |
3931 | ||
3932 | /* Let's also eliminate constants from op0 if possible. */ | |
3933 | op0 = eliminate_constant_term (op0, &constant_term); | |
3934 | ||
3935 | /* CONSTANT_TERM and XEXP (op1, 1) are known to be constant, so | |
3936 | their sum should be a constant. Form it into OP1, since the | |
3937 | result we want will then be OP0 + OP1. */ | |
3938 | ||
3939 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, constant_term, | |
3940 | XEXP (op1, 1)); | |
3941 | if (temp != 0) | |
3942 | op1 = temp; | |
3943 | else | |
3944 | op1 = gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, constant_term, XEXP (op1, 1)); | |
3945 | } | |
3946 | ||
3947 | /* Put a constant term last and put a multiplication first. */ | |
3948 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0) || GET_CODE (op1) == MULT) | |
3949 | temp = op1, op1 = op0, op0 = temp; | |
3950 | ||
3951 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, op0, op1); | |
3952 | return temp ? temp : gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, op0, op1); | |
3953 | ||
3954 | case MINUS_EXPR: | |
3955 | /* Handle difference of two symbolic constants, | |
3956 | for the sake of an initializer. */ | |
3957 | if ((modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
3958 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
3959 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
3960 | { | |
906c4e36 RK |
3961 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, |
3962 | VOIDmode, modifier); | |
3963 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
3964 | VOIDmode, modifier); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3965 | return gen_rtx (MINUS, mode, op0, op1); |
3966 | } | |
3967 | /* Convert A - const to A + (-const). */ | |
3968 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
3969 | { | |
3970 | exp = build (PLUS_EXPR, type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
3971 | fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, type, | |
3972 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); | |
3973 | goto plus_expr; | |
3974 | } | |
3975 | this_optab = sub_optab; | |
3976 | goto binop; | |
3977 | ||
3978 | case MULT_EXPR: | |
3979 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
3980 | /* If first operand is constant, swap them. | |
3981 | Thus the following special case checks need only | |
3982 | check the second operand. */ | |
3983 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
3984 | { | |
3985 | register tree t1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
3986 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
3987 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = t1; | |
3988 | } | |
3989 | ||
3990 | /* Attempt to return something suitable for generating an | |
3991 | indexed address, for machines that support that. */ | |
3992 | ||
3993 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM && mode == Pmode | |
3994 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
906c4e36 | 3995 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3996 | { |
3997 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); | |
3998 | ||
3999 | /* Apply distributive law if OP0 is x+c. */ | |
4000 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS | |
4001 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT) | |
4002 | return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, | |
4003 | gen_rtx (MULT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), | |
906c4e36 RK |
4004 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))), |
4005 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4006 | * INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4007 | |
4008 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) | |
906c4e36 | 4009 | op0 = force_operand (op0, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4010 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) |
4011 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op0); | |
4012 | ||
4013 | return gen_rtx (MULT, mode, op0, | |
906c4e36 | 4014 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4015 | } |
4016 | ||
4017 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
4018 | subtarget = 0; | |
4019 | ||
4020 | /* Check for multiplying things that have been extended | |
4021 | from a narrower type. If this machine supports multiplying | |
4022 | in that narrower type with a result in the desired type, | |
4023 | do it that way, and avoid the explicit type-conversion. */ | |
4024 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == NOP_EXPR | |
4025 | && TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE | |
4026 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
4027 | < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
4028 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
4029 | && int_fits_type_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
4030 | TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
4031 | /* Don't use a widening multiply if a shift will do. */ | |
4032 | && ((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
906c4e36 | 4033 | > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4034 | || exact_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) < 0)) |
4035 | || | |
4036 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
4037 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
4038 | == | |
4039 | TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))) | |
4040 | /* If both operands are extended, they must either both | |
4041 | be zero-extended or both be sign-extended. */ | |
4042 | && (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
4043 | == | |
4044 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))))))) | |
4045 | { | |
4046 | enum machine_mode innermode | |
4047 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))); | |
4048 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
4049 | ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab); | |
4050 | if (mode == GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (innermode) | |
4051 | && this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
4052 | { | |
4053 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
906c4e36 | 4054 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 4055 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) |
906c4e36 RK |
4056 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, |
4057 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4058 | else |
4059 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
906c4e36 | 4060 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4061 | goto binop2; |
4062 | } | |
4063 | } | |
4064 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 4065 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4066 | return expand_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
4067 | ||
4068 | case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: | |
4069 | case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: | |
4070 | case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: | |
4071 | case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: | |
4072 | case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: | |
4073 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
4074 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
4075 | subtarget = 0; | |
4076 | /* Possible optimization: compute the dividend with EXPAND_SUM | |
4077 | then if the divisor is constant can optimize the case | |
4078 | where some terms of the dividend have coeffs divisible by it. */ | |
4079 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 4080 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4081 | return expand_divmod (0, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
4082 | ||
4083 | case RDIV_EXPR: | |
4084 | this_optab = flodiv_optab; | |
4085 | goto binop; | |
4086 | ||
4087 | case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: | |
4088 | case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: | |
4089 | case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: | |
4090 | case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: | |
4091 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
4092 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
4093 | subtarget = 0; | |
4094 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 4095 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4096 | return expand_divmod (1, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
4097 | ||
4098 | case FIX_ROUND_EXPR: | |
4099 | case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR: | |
4100 | case FIX_CEIL_EXPR: | |
4101 | abort (); /* Not used for C. */ | |
4102 | ||
4103 | case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 4104 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4105 | if (target == 0) |
4106 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
4107 | expand_fix (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
4108 | return target; | |
4109 | ||
4110 | case FLOAT_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 4111 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4112 | if (target == 0) |
4113 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
4114 | /* expand_float can't figure out what to do if FROM has VOIDmode. | |
4115 | So give it the correct mode. With -O, cse will optimize this. */ | |
4116 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode) | |
4117 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
4118 | op0); | |
4119 | expand_float (target, op0, | |
4120 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
4121 | return target; | |
4122 | ||
4123 | case NEGATE_EXPR: | |
4124 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4125 | temp = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, op0, target, 0); | |
4126 | if (temp == 0) | |
4127 | abort (); | |
4128 | return temp; | |
4129 | ||
4130 | case ABS_EXPR: | |
4131 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4132 | ||
4133 | /* Unsigned abs is simply the operand. Testing here means we don't | |
4134 | risk generating incorrect code below. */ | |
4135 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type)) | |
4136 | return op0; | |
4137 | ||
4138 | /* First try to do it with a special abs instruction. */ | |
4139 | temp = expand_unop (mode, abs_optab, op0, target, 0); | |
4140 | if (temp != 0) | |
4141 | return temp; | |
4142 | ||
4143 | /* If this machine has expensive jumps, we can do integer absolute | |
4144 | value of X as (((signed) x >> (W-1)) ^ x) - ((signed) x >> (W-1)), | |
4145 | where W is the width of MODE. */ | |
4146 | ||
4147 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && BRANCH_COST >= 2) | |
4148 | { | |
4149 | rtx extended = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, mode, op0, | |
4150 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1), | |
906c4e36 | 4151 | NULL_RTX, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4152 | |
4153 | temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, extended, op0, target, 0, | |
4154 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
4155 | if (temp != 0) | |
4156 | temp = expand_binop (mode, sub_optab, temp, extended, target, 0, | |
4157 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
4158 | ||
4159 | if (temp != 0) | |
4160 | return temp; | |
4161 | } | |
4162 | ||
4163 | /* If that does not win, use conditional jump and negate. */ | |
4164 | target = original_target; | |
4165 | temp = gen_label_rtx (); | |
4166 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
4167 | || (GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
4168 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
4169 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
4170 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); | |
4171 | emit_cmp_insn (target, | |
4172 | expand_expr (convert (type, integer_zero_node), | |
906c4e36 RK |
4173 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0), |
4174 | GE, NULL_RTX, mode, 0, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4175 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
4176 | emit_jump_insn (gen_bge (temp)); | |
4177 | op0 = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, target, target, 0); | |
4178 | if (op0 != target) | |
4179 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); | |
4180 | emit_label (temp); | |
4181 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
4182 | return target; | |
4183 | ||
4184 | case MAX_EXPR: | |
4185 | case MIN_EXPR: | |
4186 | target = original_target; | |
4187 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4188 | || (GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
4189 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
4190 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
906c4e36 | 4191 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4192 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); |
4193 | ||
4194 | /* First try to do it with a special MIN or MAX instruction. | |
4195 | If that does not win, use a conditional jump to select the proper | |
4196 | value. */ | |
4197 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) | |
4198 | ? (code == MIN_EXPR ? umin_optab : umax_optab) | |
4199 | : (code == MIN_EXPR ? smin_optab : smax_optab)); | |
4200 | ||
4201 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, | |
4202 | OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
4203 | if (temp != 0) | |
4204 | return temp; | |
4205 | ||
4206 | if (target != op0) | |
4207 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); | |
4208 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
4209 | if (code == MAX_EXPR) | |
4210 | temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
906c4e36 RK |
4211 | ? compare_from_rtx (target, op1, GEU, 1, mode, NULL_RTX, 0) |
4212 | : compare_from_rtx (target, op1, GE, 0, mode, NULL_RTX, 0)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4213 | else |
4214 | temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
906c4e36 RK |
4215 | ? compare_from_rtx (target, op1, LEU, 1, mode, NULL_RTX, 0) |
4216 | : compare_from_rtx (target, op1, LE, 0, mode, NULL_RTX, 0)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4217 | if (temp == const0_rtx) |
4218 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); | |
4219 | else if (temp != const_true_rtx) | |
4220 | { | |
4221 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)] != 0) | |
4222 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)]) (op0)); | |
4223 | else | |
4224 | abort (); | |
4225 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); | |
4226 | } | |
4227 | emit_label (op0); | |
4228 | return target; | |
4229 | ||
4230 | /* ??? Can optimize when the operand of this is a bitwise operation, | |
4231 | by using a different bitwise operation. */ | |
4232 | case BIT_NOT_EXPR: | |
4233 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4234 | temp = expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
4235 | if (temp == 0) | |
4236 | abort (); | |
4237 | return temp; | |
4238 | ||
4239 | case FFS_EXPR: | |
4240 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4241 | temp = expand_unop (mode, ffs_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
4242 | if (temp == 0) | |
4243 | abort (); | |
4244 | return temp; | |
4245 | ||
4246 | /* ??? Can optimize bitwise operations with one arg constant. | |
4247 | Can optimize (a bitwise1 n) bitwise2 (a bitwise3 b) | |
4248 | and (a bitwise1 b) bitwise2 b (etc) | |
4249 | but that is probably not worth while. */ | |
4250 | ||
4251 | /* BIT_AND_EXPR is for bitwise anding. | |
4252 | TRUTH_AND_EXPR is for anding two boolean values | |
4253 | when we want in all cases to compute both of them. | |
4254 | In general it is fastest to do TRUTH_AND_EXPR by | |
4255 | computing both operands as actual zero-or-1 values | |
4256 | and then bitwise anding. In cases where there cannot | |
4257 | be any side effects, better code would be made by | |
4258 | treating TRUTH_AND_EXPR like TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR; | |
4259 | but the question is how to recognize those cases. */ | |
4260 | ||
4261 | case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: | |
4262 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: | |
4263 | this_optab = and_optab; | |
4264 | goto binop; | |
4265 | ||
4266 | /* See comment above about TRUTH_AND_EXPR; it applies here too. */ | |
4267 | case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: | |
4268 | case BIT_IOR_EXPR: | |
4269 | this_optab = ior_optab; | |
4270 | goto binop; | |
4271 | ||
4272 | case BIT_XOR_EXPR: | |
4273 | this_optab = xor_optab; | |
4274 | goto binop; | |
4275 | ||
4276 | case LSHIFT_EXPR: | |
4277 | case RSHIFT_EXPR: | |
4278 | case LROTATE_EXPR: | |
4279 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
4280 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
4281 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
4282 | subtarget = 0; | |
4283 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4284 | return expand_shift (code, mode, op0, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, | |
4285 | unsignedp); | |
4286 | ||
4287 | /* Could determine the answer when only additive constants differ. | |
4288 | Also, the addition of one can be handled by changing the condition. */ | |
4289 | case LT_EXPR: | |
4290 | case LE_EXPR: | |
4291 | case GT_EXPR: | |
4292 | case GE_EXPR: | |
4293 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
4294 | case NE_EXPR: | |
4295 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
4296 | temp = do_store_flag (exp, target, tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode, 0); | |
4297 | if (temp != 0) | |
4298 | return temp; | |
4299 | /* For foo != 0, load foo, and if it is nonzero load 1 instead. */ | |
4300 | if (code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4301 | && original_target | |
4302 | && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
4303 | && (GET_MODE (original_target) | |
4304 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
4305 | { | |
4306 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4307 | if (temp != original_target) | |
4308 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
4309 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
906c4e36 | 4310 | emit_cmp_insn (temp, const0_rtx, EQ, NULL_RTX, |
bbf6f052 RK |
4311 | GET_MODE (temp), unsignedp, 0); |
4312 | emit_jump_insn (gen_beq (op1)); | |
4313 | emit_move_insn (temp, const1_rtx); | |
4314 | emit_label (op1); | |
4315 | return temp; | |
4316 | } | |
4317 | /* If no set-flag instruction, must generate a conditional | |
4318 | store into a temporary variable. Drop through | |
4319 | and handle this like && and ||. */ | |
4320 | ||
4321 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
4322 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
4323 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp) | |
4324 | /* Make sure we don't have a hard reg (such as function's return | |
4325 | value) live across basic blocks, if not optimizing. */ | |
4326 | || (!optimize && GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
4327 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
4328 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
4329 | emit_clr_insn (target); | |
4330 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
4331 | jumpifnot (exp, op1); | |
4332 | emit_0_to_1_insn (target); | |
4333 | emit_label (op1); | |
4334 | return target; | |
4335 | ||
4336 | case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: | |
4337 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4338 | /* The parser is careful to generate TRUTH_NOT_EXPR | |
4339 | only with operands that are always zero or one. */ | |
906c4e36 | 4340 | temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
4341 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
4342 | if (temp == 0) | |
4343 | abort (); | |
4344 | return temp; | |
4345 | ||
4346 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: | |
4347 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4348 | emit_queue (); | |
4349 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
4350 | (ignore ? const0_rtx : target), | |
4351 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
4352 | ||
4353 | case COND_EXPR: | |
4354 | { | |
4355 | /* Note that COND_EXPRs whose type is a structure or union | |
4356 | are required to be constructed to contain assignments of | |
4357 | a temporary variable, so that we can evaluate them here | |
4358 | for side effect only. If type is void, we must do likewise. */ | |
4359 | ||
4360 | /* If an arm of the branch requires a cleanup, | |
4361 | only that cleanup is performed. */ | |
4362 | ||
4363 | tree singleton = 0; | |
4364 | tree binary_op = 0, unary_op = 0; | |
4365 | tree old_cleanups = cleanups_this_call; | |
4366 | cleanups_this_call = 0; | |
4367 | ||
4368 | /* If this is (A ? 1 : 0) and A is a condition, just evaluate it and | |
4369 | convert it to our mode, if necessary. */ | |
4370 | if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4371 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) | |
4372 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') | |
4373 | { | |
4374 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, mode, modifier); | |
4375 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) | |
4376 | return op0; | |
4377 | if (target == 0) | |
4378 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
4379 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
4380 | return target; | |
4381 | } | |
4382 | ||
4383 | /* If we are not to produce a result, we have no target. Otherwise, | |
4384 | if a target was specified use it; it will not be used as an | |
4385 | intermediate target unless it is safe. If no target, use a | |
4386 | temporary. */ | |
4387 | ||
4388 | if (mode == VOIDmode || ignore) | |
4389 | temp = 0; | |
4390 | else if (original_target | |
4391 | && safe_from_p (original_target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
4392 | temp = original_target; | |
4393 | else if (mode == BLKmode) | |
4394 | { | |
4395 | if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == 0 | |
4396 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST) | |
4397 | abort (); | |
4398 | temp = assign_stack_temp (BLKmode, | |
4399 | (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (type)) | |
4400 | + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) | |
4401 | / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0); | |
4402 | } | |
4403 | else | |
4404 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
4405 | ||
4406 | /* Check for X ? A + B : A. If we have this, we can copy | |
4407 | A to the output and conditionally add B. Similarly for unary | |
4408 | operations. Don't do this if X has side-effects because | |
4409 | those side effects might affect A or B and the "?" operation is | |
4410 | a sequence point in ANSI. (We test for side effects later.) */ | |
4411 | ||
4412 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '2' | |
4413 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
4414 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
4415 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
4416 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '2' | |
4417 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
4418 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
4419 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
4420 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '1' | |
4421 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
4422 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
4423 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
4424 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '1' | |
4425 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
4426 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
4427 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
4428 | ||
4429 | /* If we had X ? A + 1 : A and we can do the test of X as a store-flag | |
4430 | operation, do this as A + (X != 0). Similarly for other simple | |
4431 | binary operators. */ | |
4432 | if (singleton && binary_op | |
4433 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
4434 | && (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR | |
4435 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR | |
4436 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
4437 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_XOR_EXPR | |
4438 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_AND_EXPR) | |
4439 | && integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)) | |
4440 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') | |
4441 | { | |
4442 | rtx result; | |
4443 | optab boptab = (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR ? add_optab | |
4444 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR ? sub_optab | |
4445 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? ior_optab | |
4446 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_XOR_EXPR ? xor_optab | |
4447 | : and_optab); | |
4448 | ||
4449 | /* If we had X ? A : A + 1, do this as A + (X == 0). | |
4450 | ||
4451 | We have to invert the truth value here and then put it | |
4452 | back later if do_store_flag fails. We cannot simply copy | |
4453 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) to another variable and modify that | |
4454 | because invert_truthvalue can modify the tree pointed to | |
4455 | by its argument. */ | |
4456 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4457 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) | |
4458 | = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
4459 | ||
4460 | result = do_store_flag (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
906c4e36 RK |
4461 | (safe_from_p (temp, singleton) |
4462 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4463 | mode, BRANCH_COST <= 1); |
4464 | ||
4465 | if (result) | |
4466 | { | |
906c4e36 | 4467 | op1 = expand_expr (singleton, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4468 | return expand_binop (mode, boptab, op1, result, temp, |
4469 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
4470 | } | |
4471 | else if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4472 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) | |
4473 | = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
4474 | } | |
4475 | ||
4476 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
4477 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
4478 | ||
4479 | if (singleton && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
4480 | { | |
4481 | if (temp != 0) | |
4482 | { | |
4483 | /* If the target conflicts with the other operand of the | |
4484 | binary op, we can't use it. Also, we can't use the target | |
4485 | if it is a hard register, because evaluating the condition | |
4486 | might clobber it. */ | |
4487 | if ((binary_op | |
4488 | && ! safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) | |
4489 | || (GET_CODE (temp) == REG | |
4490 | && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
4491 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
4492 | store_expr (singleton, temp, 0); | |
4493 | } | |
4494 | else | |
906c4e36 RK |
4495 | expand_expr (singleton, |
4496 | ignore ? const1_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4497 | if (cleanups_this_call) |
4498 | { | |
4499 | sorry ("aggregate value in COND_EXPR"); | |
4500 | cleanups_this_call = 0; | |
4501 | } | |
4502 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4503 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
4504 | else | |
4505 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
4506 | ||
4507 | if (binary_op && temp == 0) | |
4508 | /* Just touch the other operand. */ | |
4509 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1), | |
906c4e36 | 4510 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4511 | else if (binary_op) |
4512 | store_expr (build (TREE_CODE (binary_op), type, | |
4513 | make_tree (type, temp), | |
4514 | TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)), | |
4515 | temp, 0); | |
4516 | else | |
4517 | store_expr (build1 (TREE_CODE (unary_op), type, | |
4518 | make_tree (type, temp)), | |
4519 | temp, 0); | |
4520 | op1 = op0; | |
4521 | } | |
4522 | #if 0 | |
4523 | /* This is now done in jump.c and is better done there because it | |
4524 | produces shorter register lifetimes. */ | |
4525 | ||
4526 | /* Check for both possibilities either constants or variables | |
4527 | in registers (but not the same as the target!). If so, can | |
4528 | save branches by assigning one, branching, and assigning the | |
4529 | other. */ | |
4530 | else if (temp && GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode | |
4531 | && (TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4532 | || ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == PARM_DECL | |
4533 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == VAR_DECL) | |
4534 | && DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4535 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == REG | |
4536 | && DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != temp)) | |
4537 | && (TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) | |
4538 | || ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == PARM_DECL | |
4539 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == VAR_DECL) | |
4540 | && DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) | |
4541 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == REG | |
4542 | && DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) != temp))) | |
4543 | { | |
4544 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4545 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
4546 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); | |
4547 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
4548 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); | |
4549 | op1 = op0; | |
4550 | } | |
4551 | #endif | |
4552 | /* Check for A op 0 ? A : FOO and A op 0 ? FOO : A where OP is any | |
4553 | comparison operator. If we have one of these cases, set the | |
4554 | output to A, branch on A (cse will merge these two references), | |
4555 | then set the output to FOO. */ | |
4556 | else if (temp | |
4557 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
4558 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
4559 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
4560 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0) | |
4561 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
4562 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
4563 | { | |
4564 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4565 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
4566 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); | |
4567 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
4568 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); | |
4569 | op1 = op0; | |
4570 | } | |
4571 | else if (temp | |
4572 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
4573 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
4574 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
4575 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0) | |
4576 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
4577 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
4578 | { | |
4579 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4580 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
4581 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); | |
4582 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
4583 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); | |
4584 | op1 = op0; | |
4585 | } | |
4586 | else | |
4587 | { | |
4588 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
4589 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
4590 | if (temp != 0) | |
4591 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); | |
4592 | else | |
906c4e36 RK |
4593 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
4594 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4595 | if (cleanups_this_call) |
4596 | { | |
4597 | sorry ("aggregate value in COND_EXPR"); | |
4598 | cleanups_this_call = 0; | |
4599 | } | |
4600 | ||
4601 | emit_queue (); | |
4602 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (op1)); | |
4603 | emit_barrier (); | |
4604 | emit_label (op0); | |
4605 | if (temp != 0) | |
4606 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); | |
4607 | else | |
906c4e36 RK |
4608 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), |
4609 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4610 | } |
4611 | ||
4612 | if (cleanups_this_call) | |
4613 | { | |
4614 | sorry ("aggregate value in COND_EXPR"); | |
4615 | cleanups_this_call = 0; | |
4616 | } | |
4617 | ||
4618 | emit_queue (); | |
4619 | emit_label (op1); | |
4620 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
4621 | cleanups_this_call = old_cleanups; | |
4622 | return temp; | |
4623 | } | |
4624 | ||
4625 | case TARGET_EXPR: | |
4626 | { | |
4627 | /* Something needs to be initialized, but we didn't know | |
4628 | where that thing was when building the tree. For example, | |
4629 | it could be the return value of a function, or a parameter | |
4630 | to a function which lays down in the stack, or a temporary | |
4631 | variable which must be passed by reference. | |
4632 | ||
4633 | We guarantee that the expression will either be constructed | |
4634 | or copied into our original target. */ | |
4635 | ||
4636 | tree slot = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
4637 | ||
4638 | if (TREE_CODE (slot) != VAR_DECL) | |
4639 | abort (); | |
4640 | ||
4641 | if (target == 0) | |
4642 | { | |
4643 | if (DECL_RTL (slot) != 0) | |
4644 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
4645 | else | |
4646 | { | |
4647 | target = assign_stack_temp (mode, int_size_in_bytes (type), 0); | |
4648 | /* All temp slots at this level must not conflict. */ | |
4649 | preserve_temp_slots (target); | |
4650 | DECL_RTL (slot) = target; | |
4651 | } | |
4652 | ||
4653 | #if 0 | |
4654 | /* Since SLOT is not known to the called function | |
4655 | to belong to its stack frame, we must build an explicit | |
4656 | cleanup. This case occurs when we must build up a reference | |
4657 | to pass the reference as an argument. In this case, | |
4658 | it is very likely that such a reference need not be | |
4659 | built here. */ | |
4660 | ||
4661 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) == 0) | |
4662 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) = maybe_build_cleanup (slot); | |
4663 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) | |
906c4e36 RK |
4664 | cleanups_this_call = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), |
4665 | cleanups_this_call); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4666 | #endif |
4667 | } | |
4668 | else | |
4669 | { | |
4670 | /* This case does occur, when expanding a parameter which | |
4671 | needs to be constructed on the stack. The target | |
4672 | is the actual stack address that we want to initialize. | |
4673 | The function we call will perform the cleanup in this case. */ | |
4674 | ||
4675 | DECL_RTL (slot) = target; | |
4676 | } | |
4677 | ||
4678 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, tmode, modifier); | |
4679 | } | |
4680 | ||
4681 | case INIT_EXPR: | |
4682 | { | |
4683 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
4684 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
4685 | tree noncopied_parts = 0; | |
4686 | tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); | |
4687 | ||
4688 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0); | |
4689 | if (TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type) != 0 && !fixed_type_p (rhs)) | |
4690 | noncopied_parts = init_noncopied_parts (stabilize_reference (lhs), | |
4691 | TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type)); | |
4692 | while (noncopied_parts != 0) | |
4693 | { | |
4694 | expand_assignment (TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts), | |
4695 | TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts), 0, 0); | |
4696 | noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts); | |
4697 | } | |
4698 | return temp; | |
4699 | } | |
4700 | ||
4701 | case MODIFY_EXPR: | |
4702 | { | |
4703 | /* If lhs is complex, expand calls in rhs before computing it. | |
4704 | That's so we don't compute a pointer and save it over a call. | |
4705 | If lhs is simple, compute it first so we can give it as a | |
4706 | target if the rhs is just a call. This avoids an extra temp and copy | |
4707 | and that prevents a partial-subsumption which makes bad code. | |
4708 | Actually we could treat component_ref's of vars like vars. */ | |
4709 | ||
4710 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
4711 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
4712 | tree noncopied_parts = 0; | |
4713 | tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); | |
4714 | ||
4715 | temp = 0; | |
4716 | ||
4717 | if (TREE_CODE (lhs) != VAR_DECL | |
4718 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) != RESULT_DECL | |
4719 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) != PARM_DECL) | |
4720 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
4721 | ||
4722 | /* Check for |= or &= of a bitfield of size one into another bitfield | |
4723 | of size 1. In this case, (unless we need the result of the | |
4724 | assignment) we can do this more efficiently with a | |
4725 | test followed by an assignment, if necessary. | |
4726 | ||
4727 | ??? At this point, we can't get a BIT_FIELD_REF here. But if | |
4728 | things change so we do, this code should be enhanced to | |
4729 | support it. */ | |
4730 | if (ignore | |
4731 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) == COMPONENT_REF | |
4732 | && (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
4733 | || TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR) | |
4734 | && TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 0) == lhs | |
4735 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
4736 | && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 1))) == 1 | |
4737 | && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), 1))) == 1) | |
4738 | { | |
4739 | rtx label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
4740 | ||
4741 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), | |
4742 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? label : 0, | |
4743 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR ? label : 0); | |
4744 | expand_assignment (lhs, convert (TREE_TYPE (rhs), | |
4745 | (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
4746 | ? integer_one_node | |
4747 | : integer_zero_node)), | |
4748 | 0, 0); | |
e7c33f54 | 4749 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4750 | emit_label (label); |
4751 | return const0_rtx; | |
4752 | } | |
4753 | ||
4754 | if (TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type) != 0 | |
4755 | && ! (fixed_type_p (lhs) && fixed_type_p (rhs))) | |
4756 | noncopied_parts = save_noncopied_parts (stabilize_reference (lhs), | |
4757 | TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type)); | |
4758 | ||
4759 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0); | |
4760 | while (noncopied_parts != 0) | |
4761 | { | |
4762 | expand_assignment (TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts), | |
4763 | TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts), 0, 0); | |
4764 | noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts); | |
4765 | } | |
4766 | return temp; | |
4767 | } | |
4768 | ||
4769 | case PREINCREMENT_EXPR: | |
4770 | case PREDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
4771 | return expand_increment (exp, 0); | |
4772 | ||
4773 | case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR: | |
4774 | case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
4775 | /* Faster to treat as pre-increment if result is not used. */ | |
4776 | return expand_increment (exp, ! ignore); | |
4777 | ||
4778 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
4779 | /* Are we taking the address of a nested function? */ | |
4780 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL | |
4781 | && decl_function_context (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) != 0) | |
4782 | { | |
4783 | op0 = trampoline_address (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
4784 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
4785 | } | |
4786 | else | |
4787 | { | |
906c4e36 | 4788 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, |
bbf6f052 RK |
4789 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
4790 | ? modifier : EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS)); | |
4791 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) | |
4792 | abort (); | |
4793 | ||
4794 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
4795 | return XEXP (op0, 0); | |
4796 | op0 = force_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), target); | |
4797 | } | |
4798 | if (flag_force_addr && GET_CODE (op0) != REG) | |
4799 | return force_reg (Pmode, op0); | |
4800 | return op0; | |
4801 | ||
4802 | case ENTRY_VALUE_EXPR: | |
4803 | abort (); | |
4804 | ||
4805 | case ERROR_MARK: | |
4806 | return const0_rtx; | |
4807 | ||
4808 | default: | |
4809 | return (*lang_expand_expr) (exp, target, tmode, modifier); | |
4810 | } | |
4811 | ||
4812 | /* Here to do an ordinary binary operator, generating an instruction | |
4813 | from the optab already placed in `this_optab'. */ | |
4814 | binop: | |
4815 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
4816 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
4817 | subtarget = 0; | |
4818 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 4819 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4820 | binop2: |
4821 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, | |
4822 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
4823 | if (temp == 0) | |
4824 | abort (); | |
4825 | return temp; | |
4826 | } | |
4827 | \f | |
e87b4f3f RS |
4828 | /* Return the alignment in bits of EXP, a pointer valued expression. |
4829 | But don't return more than MAX_ALIGN no matter what. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4830 | The alignment returned is, by default, the alignment of the thing that |
4831 | EXP points to (if it is not a POINTER_TYPE, 0 is returned). | |
4832 | ||
4833 | Otherwise, look at the expression to see if we can do better, i.e., if the | |
4834 | expression is actually pointing at an object whose alignment is tighter. */ | |
4835 | ||
4836 | static int | |
4837 | get_pointer_alignment (exp, max_align) | |
4838 | tree exp; | |
4839 | unsigned max_align; | |
4840 | { | |
4841 | unsigned align, inner; | |
4842 | ||
4843 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
4844 | return 0; | |
4845 | ||
4846 | align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
4847 | align = MIN (align, max_align); | |
4848 | ||
4849 | while (1) | |
4850 | { | |
4851 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
4852 | { | |
4853 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
4854 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
4855 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
4856 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
4857 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
4858 | return align; | |
4859 | inner = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
4860 | inner = MIN (inner, max_align); | |
4861 | align = MAX (align, inner); | |
4862 | break; | |
4863 | ||
4864 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
4865 | /* If sum of pointer + int, restrict our maximum alignment to that | |
4866 | imposed by the integer. If not, we can't do any better than | |
4867 | ALIGN. */ | |
4868 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != INTEGER_CST) | |
4869 | return align; | |
4870 | ||
e87b4f3f RS |
4871 | while (((TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) * BITS_PER_UNIT) |
4872 | & (max_align - 1)) | |
4873 | != 0) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4874 | max_align >>= 1; |
4875 | ||
4876 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
4877 | break; | |
4878 | ||
4879 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
4880 | /* See what we are pointing at and look at its alignment. */ | |
4881 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
e7c33f54 RK |
4882 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL) |
4883 | align = MAX (align, FUNCTION_BOUNDARY); | |
4884 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'd') | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4885 | align = MAX (align, DECL_ALIGN (exp)); |
4886 | #ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT | |
4887 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'c') | |
4888 | align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (exp, align); | |
4889 | #endif | |
4890 | return MIN (align, max_align); | |
4891 | ||
4892 | default: | |
4893 | return align; | |
4894 | } | |
4895 | } | |
4896 | } | |
4897 | \f | |
4898 | /* Return the tree node and offset if a given argument corresponds to | |
4899 | a string constant. */ | |
4900 | ||
4901 | static tree | |
4902 | string_constant (arg, ptr_offset) | |
4903 | tree arg; | |
4904 | tree *ptr_offset; | |
4905 | { | |
4906 | STRIP_NOPS (arg); | |
4907 | ||
4908 | if (TREE_CODE (arg) == ADDR_EXPR | |
4909 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
4910 | { | |
4911 | *ptr_offset = integer_zero_node; | |
4912 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
4913 | } | |
4914 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg) == PLUS_EXPR) | |
4915 | { | |
4916 | tree arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
4917 | tree arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 1); | |
4918 | ||
4919 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); | |
4920 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
4921 | ||
4922 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == ADDR_EXPR | |
4923 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
4924 | { | |
4925 | *ptr_offset = arg1; | |
4926 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0); | |
4927 | } | |
4928 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg1) == ADDR_EXPR | |
4929 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
4930 | { | |
4931 | *ptr_offset = arg0; | |
4932 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0); | |
4933 | } | |
4934 | } | |
4935 | ||
4936 | return 0; | |
4937 | } | |
4938 | ||
4939 | /* Compute the length of a C string. TREE_STRING_LENGTH is not the right | |
4940 | way, because it could contain a zero byte in the middle. | |
4941 | TREE_STRING_LENGTH is the size of the character array, not the string. | |
4942 | ||
4943 | Unfortunately, string_constant can't access the values of const char | |
4944 | arrays with initializers, so neither can we do so here. */ | |
4945 | ||
4946 | static tree | |
4947 | c_strlen (src) | |
4948 | tree src; | |
4949 | { | |
4950 | tree offset_node; | |
4951 | int offset, max; | |
4952 | char *ptr; | |
4953 | ||
4954 | src = string_constant (src, &offset_node); | |
4955 | if (src == 0) | |
4956 | return 0; | |
4957 | max = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (src); | |
4958 | ptr = TREE_STRING_POINTER (src); | |
4959 | if (offset_node && TREE_CODE (offset_node) != INTEGER_CST) | |
4960 | { | |
4961 | /* If the string has an internal zero byte (e.g., "foo\0bar"), we can't | |
4962 | compute the offset to the following null if we don't know where to | |
4963 | start searching for it. */ | |
4964 | int i; | |
4965 | for (i = 0; i < max; i++) | |
4966 | if (ptr[i] == 0) | |
4967 | return 0; | |
4968 | /* We don't know the starting offset, but we do know that the string | |
4969 | has no internal zero bytes. We can assume that the offset falls | |
4970 | within the bounds of the string; otherwise, the programmer deserves | |
4971 | what he gets. Subtract the offset from the length of the string, | |
4972 | and return that. */ | |
4973 | /* This would perhaps not be valid if we were dealing with named | |
4974 | arrays in addition to literal string constants. */ | |
4975 | return size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, size_int (max), offset_node); | |
4976 | } | |
4977 | ||
4978 | /* We have a known offset into the string. Start searching there for | |
4979 | a null character. */ | |
4980 | if (offset_node == 0) | |
4981 | offset = 0; | |
4982 | else | |
4983 | { | |
4984 | /* Did we get a long long offset? If so, punt. */ | |
4985 | if (TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (offset_node) != 0) | |
4986 | return 0; | |
4987 | offset = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (offset_node); | |
4988 | } | |
4989 | /* If the offset is known to be out of bounds, warn, and call strlen at | |
4990 | runtime. */ | |
4991 | if (offset < 0 || offset > max) | |
4992 | { | |
4993 | warning ("offset outside bounds of constant string"); | |
4994 | return 0; | |
4995 | } | |
4996 | /* Use strlen to search for the first zero byte. Since any strings | |
4997 | constructed with build_string will have nulls appended, we win even | |
4998 | if we get handed something like (char[4])"abcd". | |
4999 | ||
5000 | Since OFFSET is our starting index into the string, no further | |
5001 | calculation is needed. */ | |
5002 | return size_int (strlen (ptr + offset)); | |
5003 | } | |
5004 | \f | |
5005 | /* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function, | |
5006 | with result going to TARGET if that's convenient | |
5007 | (and in mode MODE if that's convenient). | |
5008 | SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands. | |
5009 | IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored. */ | |
5010 | ||
5011 | static rtx | |
5012 | expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, mode, ignore) | |
5013 | tree exp; | |
5014 | rtx target; | |
5015 | rtx subtarget; | |
5016 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
5017 | int ignore; | |
5018 | { | |
5019 | tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
5020 | tree arglist = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
5021 | rtx op0; | |
60bac6ea | 5022 | rtx lab1, insns; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5023 | enum machine_mode value_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); |
5024 | ||
5025 | switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl)) | |
5026 | { | |
5027 | case BUILT_IN_ABS: | |
5028 | case BUILT_IN_LABS: | |
5029 | case BUILT_IN_FABS: | |
5030 | /* build_function_call changes these into ABS_EXPR. */ | |
5031 | abort (); | |
5032 | ||
e87b4f3f RS |
5033 | case BUILT_IN_FSQRT: |
5034 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8c8a8e34 | 5035 | if (! optimize) |
e87b4f3f RS |
5036 | break; |
5037 | ||
5038 | if (arglist == 0 | |
19deaec9 | 5039 | /* Arg could be wrong type if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ |
e87b4f3f | 5040 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != REAL_TYPE) |
19deaec9 | 5041 | return CONST0_RTX (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
e87b4f3f | 5042 | |
db0e6d01 RS |
5043 | /* Stabilize and compute the argument. */ |
5044 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != VAR_DECL | |
5045 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != PARM_DECL) | |
5046 | { | |
5047 | exp = copy_node (exp); | |
5048 | arglist = copy_node (arglist); | |
5049 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = arglist; | |
5050 | TREE_VALUE (arglist) = save_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
5051 | } | |
e87b4f3f | 5052 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
e7c33f54 RK |
5053 | |
5054 | /* Make a suitable register to place result in. */ | |
5055 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
5056 | ||
c1f7c223 | 5057 | emit_queue (); |
8c8a8e34 | 5058 | start_sequence (); |
e7c33f54 | 5059 | |
60bac6ea | 5060 | /* Compute sqrt into TARGET. |
e87b4f3f RS |
5061 | Set TARGET to wherever the result comes back. */ |
5062 | target = expand_unop (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))), | |
8c8a8e34 | 5063 | sqrt_optab, op0, target, 0); |
e7c33f54 RK |
5064 | |
5065 | /* If we were unable to expand via the builtin, stop the | |
5066 | sequence (without outputting the insns) and break, causing | |
5067 | a call the the library function. */ | |
e87b4f3f | 5068 | if (target == 0) |
e7c33f54 | 5069 | { |
8c8a8e34 | 5070 | end_sequence (); |
e7c33f54 RK |
5071 | break; |
5072 | } | |
e87b4f3f | 5073 | |
60bac6ea RS |
5074 | /* Check the results by default. But if flag_fast_math is turned on, |
5075 | then assume sqrt will always be called with valid arguments. */ | |
5076 | ||
5077 | if (! flag_fast_math) | |
5078 | { | |
5079 | /* Don't define the sqrt instructions | |
5080 | if your machine is not IEEE. */ | |
5081 | if (TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT != IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT) | |
5082 | abort (); | |
5083 | ||
5084 | lab1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
5085 | ||
5086 | /* Test the result; if it is NaN, set errno=EDOM because | |
5087 | the argument was not in the domain. */ | |
5088 | emit_cmp_insn (target, target, EQ, 0, GET_MODE (target), 0, 0); | |
5089 | emit_jump_insn (gen_beq (lab1)); | |
5090 | ||
5091 | #if TARGET_EDOM | |
5092 | { | |
5093 | #ifdef GEN_ERRNO_RTX | |
5094 | rtx errno_rtx = GEN_ERRNO_RTX; | |
5095 | #else | |
5096 | rtx errno_rtx | |
5097 | = gen_rtx (MEM, word_mode, gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "*errno")); | |
5098 | #endif | |
5099 | ||
5100 | emit_move_insn (errno_rtx, GEN_INT (TARGET_EDOM)); | |
5101 | } | |
5102 | #else | |
5103 | /* We can't set errno=EDOM directly; let the library call do it. | |
5104 | Pop the arguments right away in case the call gets deleted. */ | |
5105 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
5106 | expand_call (exp, target, 0); | |
5107 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
5108 | #endif | |
5109 | ||
5110 | emit_label (lab1); | |
5111 | } | |
e87b4f3f | 5112 | |
e7c33f54 | 5113 | /* Output the entire sequence. */ |
8c8a8e34 JW |
5114 | insns = get_insns (); |
5115 | end_sequence (); | |
5116 | emit_insns (insns); | |
e7c33f54 RK |
5117 | |
5118 | return target; | |
5119 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5120 | case BUILT_IN_SAVEREGS: |
5121 | /* Don't do __builtin_saveregs more than once in a function. | |
5122 | Save the result of the first call and reuse it. */ | |
5123 | if (saveregs_value != 0) | |
5124 | return saveregs_value; | |
5125 | { | |
5126 | /* When this function is called, it means that registers must be | |
5127 | saved on entry to this function. So we migrate the | |
5128 | call to the first insn of this function. */ | |
5129 | rtx temp; | |
5130 | rtx seq; | |
5131 | rtx valreg, saved_valreg; | |
5132 | ||
5133 | /* Now really call the function. `expand_call' does not call | |
5134 | expand_builtin, so there is no danger of infinite recursion here. */ | |
5135 | start_sequence (); | |
5136 | ||
5137 | #ifdef EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS | |
5138 | /* Do whatever the machine needs done in this case. */ | |
5139 | temp = EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS (arglist); | |
5140 | #else | |
5141 | /* The register where the function returns its value | |
5142 | is likely to have something else in it, such as an argument. | |
5143 | So preserve that register around the call. */ | |
5144 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode) | |
5145 | { | |
5146 | valreg = hard_libcall_value (value_mode); | |
5147 | saved_valreg = gen_reg_rtx (value_mode); | |
5148 | emit_move_insn (saved_valreg, valreg); | |
5149 | } | |
5150 | ||
5151 | /* Generate the call, putting the value in a pseudo. */ | |
5152 | temp = expand_call (exp, target, ignore); | |
5153 | ||
5154 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode) | |
5155 | emit_move_insn (valreg, saved_valreg); | |
5156 | #endif | |
5157 | ||
5158 | seq = get_insns (); | |
5159 | end_sequence (); | |
5160 | ||
5161 | saveregs_value = temp; | |
5162 | ||
5163 | /* This won't work inside a SEQUENCE--it really has to be | |
5164 | at the start of the function. */ | |
5165 | if (in_sequence_p ()) | |
5166 | { | |
5167 | /* Better to do this than to crash. */ | |
5168 | error ("`va_start' used within `({...})'"); | |
5169 | return temp; | |
5170 | } | |
5171 | ||
5172 | /* Put the sequence after the NOTE that starts the function. */ | |
5173 | emit_insns_before (seq, NEXT_INSN (get_insns ())); | |
5174 | return temp; | |
5175 | } | |
5176 | ||
5177 | /* __builtin_args_info (N) returns word N of the arg space info | |
5178 | for the current function. The number and meanings of words | |
5179 | is controlled by the definition of CUMULATIVE_ARGS. */ | |
5180 | case BUILT_IN_ARGS_INFO: | |
5181 | { | |
5182 | int nwords = sizeof (CUMULATIVE_ARGS) / sizeof (int); | |
5183 | int i; | |
5184 | int *word_ptr = (int *) ¤t_function_args_info; | |
5185 | tree type, elts, result; | |
5186 | ||
5187 | if (sizeof (CUMULATIVE_ARGS) % sizeof (int) != 0) | |
5188 | fatal ("CUMULATIVE_ARGS type defined badly; see %s, line %d", | |
5189 | __FILE__, __LINE__); | |
5190 | ||
5191 | if (arglist != 0) | |
5192 | { | |
5193 | tree arg = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
5194 | if (TREE_CODE (arg) != INTEGER_CST) | |
5195 | error ("argument of __builtin_args_info must be constant"); | |
5196 | else | |
5197 | { | |
5198 | int wordnum = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (arg); | |
5199 | ||
5200 | if (wordnum < 0 || wordnum >= nwords) | |
5201 | error ("argument of __builtin_args_info out of range"); | |
5202 | else | |
906c4e36 | 5203 | return GEN_INT (word_ptr[wordnum]); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5204 | } |
5205 | } | |
5206 | else | |
5207 | error ("missing argument in __builtin_args_info"); | |
5208 | ||
5209 | return const0_rtx; | |
5210 | ||
5211 | #if 0 | |
5212 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
5213 | elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, build_int_2 (word_ptr[i], 0)); | |
5214 | ||
5215 | type = build_array_type (integer_type_node, | |
5216 | build_index_type (build_int_2 (nwords, 0))); | |
5217 | result = build (CONSTRUCTOR, type, NULL_TREE, nreverse (elts)); | |
5218 | TREE_CONSTANT (result) = 1; | |
5219 | TREE_STATIC (result) = 1; | |
5220 | result = build (INDIRECT_REF, build_pointer_type (type), result); | |
5221 | TREE_CONSTANT (result) = 1; | |
906c4e36 | 5222 | return expand_expr (result, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5223 | #endif |
5224 | } | |
5225 | ||
5226 | /* Return the address of the first anonymous stack arg. */ | |
5227 | case BUILT_IN_NEXT_ARG: | |
5228 | { | |
5229 | tree fntype = TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl); | |
5230 | if (!(TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype) != 0 | |
5231 | && (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype))) | |
5232 | != void_type_node))) | |
5233 | { | |
5234 | error ("`va_start' used in function with fixed args"); | |
5235 | return const0_rtx; | |
5236 | } | |
5237 | } | |
5238 | ||
5239 | return expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, | |
5240 | current_function_internal_arg_pointer, | |
5241 | current_function_arg_offset_rtx, | |
906c4e36 | 5242 | NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5243 | |
5244 | case BUILT_IN_CLASSIFY_TYPE: | |
5245 | if (arglist != 0) | |
5246 | { | |
5247 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
5248 | enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type); | |
5249 | if (code == VOID_TYPE) | |
906c4e36 | 5250 | return GEN_INT (void_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5251 | if (code == INTEGER_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5252 | return GEN_INT (integer_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5253 | if (code == CHAR_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5254 | return GEN_INT (char_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5255 | if (code == ENUMERAL_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5256 | return GEN_INT (enumeral_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5257 | if (code == BOOLEAN_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5258 | return GEN_INT (boolean_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5259 | if (code == POINTER_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5260 | return GEN_INT (pointer_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5261 | if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5262 | return GEN_INT (reference_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5263 | if (code == OFFSET_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5264 | return GEN_INT (offset_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5265 | if (code == REAL_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5266 | return GEN_INT (real_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5267 | if (code == COMPLEX_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5268 | return GEN_INT (complex_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5269 | if (code == FUNCTION_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5270 | return GEN_INT (function_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5271 | if (code == METHOD_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5272 | return GEN_INT (method_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5273 | if (code == RECORD_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5274 | return GEN_INT (record_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5275 | if (code == UNION_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5276 | return GEN_INT (union_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5277 | if (code == ARRAY_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5278 | return GEN_INT (array_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5279 | if (code == STRING_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5280 | return GEN_INT (string_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5281 | if (code == SET_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5282 | return GEN_INT (set_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5283 | if (code == FILE_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5284 | return GEN_INT (file_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5285 | if (code == LANG_TYPE) |
906c4e36 | 5286 | return GEN_INT (lang_type_class); |
bbf6f052 | 5287 | } |
906c4e36 | 5288 | return GEN_INT (no_type_class); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5289 | |
5290 | case BUILT_IN_CONSTANT_P: | |
5291 | if (arglist == 0) | |
5292 | return const0_rtx; | |
5293 | else | |
cda0ec81 | 5294 | return (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) == 'c' |
bbf6f052 RK |
5295 | ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx); |
5296 | ||
5297 | case BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS: | |
5298 | /* The argument must be a nonnegative integer constant. | |
5299 | It counts the number of frames to scan up the stack. | |
5300 | The value is the address of that frame. */ | |
5301 | case BUILT_IN_RETURN_ADDRESS: | |
5302 | /* The argument must be a nonnegative integer constant. | |
5303 | It counts the number of frames to scan up the stack. | |
5304 | The value is the return address saved in that frame. */ | |
5305 | if (arglist == 0) | |
5306 | /* Warning about missing arg was already issued. */ | |
5307 | return const0_rtx; | |
5308 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != INTEGER_CST) | |
5309 | { | |
5310 | error ("invalid arg to __builtin_return_address"); | |
5311 | return const0_rtx; | |
5312 | } | |
5313 | else if (tree_int_cst_lt (TREE_VALUE (arglist), integer_zero_node)) | |
5314 | { | |
5315 | error ("invalid arg to __builtin_return_address"); | |
5316 | return const0_rtx; | |
5317 | } | |
5318 | else | |
5319 | { | |
5320 | int count = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
5321 | rtx tem = frame_pointer_rtx; | |
5322 | int i; | |
5323 | ||
5324 | /* Scan back COUNT frames to the specified frame. */ | |
5325 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) | |
5326 | { | |
5327 | /* Assume the dynamic chain pointer is in the word that | |
5328 | the frame address points to, unless otherwise specified. */ | |
5329 | #ifdef DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS | |
5330 | tem = DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (tem); | |
5331 | #endif | |
5332 | tem = memory_address (Pmode, tem); | |
5333 | tem = copy_to_reg (gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode, tem)); | |
5334 | } | |
5335 | ||
5336 | /* For __builtin_frame_address, return what we've got. */ | |
5337 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
5338 | return tem; | |
5339 | ||
5340 | /* For __builtin_return_address, | |
5341 | Get the return address from that frame. */ | |
5342 | #ifdef RETURN_ADDR_RTX | |
5343 | return RETURN_ADDR_RTX (count, tem); | |
5344 | #else | |
5345 | tem = memory_address (Pmode, | |
5346 | plus_constant (tem, GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
5347 | return copy_to_reg (gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode, tem)); | |
5348 | #endif | |
5349 | } | |
5350 | ||
5351 | case BUILT_IN_ALLOCA: | |
5352 | if (arglist == 0 | |
5353 | /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
5354 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
5355 | return const0_rtx; | |
5356 | current_function_calls_alloca = 1; | |
5357 | /* Compute the argument. */ | |
906c4e36 | 5358 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5359 | |
5360 | /* Allocate the desired space. */ | |
8c8a8e34 | 5361 | target = allocate_dynamic_stack_space (op0, target, BITS_PER_UNIT); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5362 | |
5363 | /* Record the new stack level for nonlocal gotos. */ | |
6dc42e49 | 5364 | if (nonlocal_goto_handler_slot != 0) |
906c4e36 | 5365 | emit_stack_save (SAVE_NONLOCAL, &nonlocal_goto_stack_level, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5366 | return target; |
5367 | ||
5368 | case BUILT_IN_FFS: | |
5369 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
5370 | if (!optimize) | |
5371 | break; | |
5372 | ||
5373 | if (arglist == 0 | |
5374 | /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
5375 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
5376 | return const0_rtx; | |
5377 | ||
5378 | /* Compute the argument. */ | |
5379 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
5380 | /* Compute ffs, into TARGET if possible. | |
5381 | Set TARGET to wherever the result comes back. */ | |
5382 | target = expand_unop (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))), | |
5383 | ffs_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
5384 | if (target == 0) | |
5385 | abort (); | |
5386 | return target; | |
5387 | ||
5388 | case BUILT_IN_STRLEN: | |
5389 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
5390 | if (!optimize) | |
5391 | break; | |
5392 | ||
5393 | if (arglist == 0 | |
5394 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
5395 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
5396 | return const0_rtx; | |
5397 | else | |
5398 | { | |
e7c33f54 RK |
5399 | tree src = TREE_VALUE (arglist); |
5400 | tree len = c_strlen (src); | |
bbf6f052 | 5401 | |
e7c33f54 RK |
5402 | int align |
5403 | = get_pointer_alignment (src, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
5404 | ||
5405 | rtx result, src_rtx, char_rtx; | |
5406 | enum machine_mode insn_mode = value_mode, char_mode; | |
5407 | enum insn_code icode; | |
5408 | ||
5409 | /* If the length is known, just return it. */ | |
5410 | if (len != 0) | |
5411 | return expand_expr (len, target, mode, 0); | |
5412 | ||
5413 | /* If SRC is not a pointer type, don't do this operation inline. */ | |
5414 | if (align == 0) | |
5415 | break; | |
5416 | ||
5417 | /* Call a function if we can't compute strlen in the right mode. */ | |
5418 | ||
5419 | while (insn_mode != VOIDmode) | |
5420 | { | |
5421 | icode = strlen_optab->handlers[(int) insn_mode].insn_code; | |
5422 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
5423 | break; | |
5424 | ||
5425 | insn_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (insn_mode); | |
5426 | } | |
5427 | if (insn_mode == VOIDmode) | |
bbf6f052 | 5428 | break; |
e7c33f54 RK |
5429 | |
5430 | /* Make a place to write the result of the instruction. */ | |
5431 | result = target; | |
5432 | if (! (result != 0 | |
5433 | && GET_CODE (result) == REG | |
5434 | && GET_MODE (result) == insn_mode | |
5435 | && REGNO (result) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
5436 | result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode); | |
5437 | ||
4d613828 | 5438 | /* Make sure the operands are acceptable to the predicates. */ |
e7c33f54 | 5439 | |
4d613828 | 5440 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][0]) (result, insn_mode)) |
e7c33f54 RK |
5441 | result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode); |
5442 | ||
5443 | src_rtx = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
906c4e36 | 5444 | expand_expr (src, NULL_RTX, Pmode, |
e7c33f54 | 5445 | EXPAND_NORMAL)); |
4d613828 | 5446 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][1]) (src_rtx, Pmode)) |
e7c33f54 RK |
5447 | src_rtx = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, src_rtx); |
5448 | ||
5449 | char_rtx = const0_rtx; | |
4d613828 RS |
5450 | char_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int)icode][2]; |
5451 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][2]) (char_rtx, char_mode)) | |
e7c33f54 RK |
5452 | char_rtx = copy_to_mode_reg (char_mode, char_rtx); |
5453 | ||
5454 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (result, | |
5455 | gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, src_rtx), | |
906c4e36 | 5456 | char_rtx, GEN_INT (align))); |
e7c33f54 RK |
5457 | |
5458 | /* Return the value in the proper mode for this function. */ | |
5459 | if (GET_MODE (result) == value_mode) | |
5460 | return result; | |
5461 | else if (target != 0) | |
5462 | { | |
5463 | convert_move (target, result, 0); | |
5464 | return target; | |
5465 | } | |
5466 | else | |
5467 | return convert_to_mode (value_mode, result, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5468 | } |
5469 | ||
5470 | case BUILT_IN_STRCPY: | |
5471 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
5472 | if (!optimize) | |
5473 | break; | |
5474 | ||
5475 | if (arglist == 0 | |
5476 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
5477 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
5478 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
5479 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
5480 | return const0_rtx; | |
5481 | else | |
5482 | { | |
5483 | tree len = c_strlen (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
5484 | ||
5485 | if (len == 0) | |
5486 | break; | |
5487 | ||
5488 | len = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, len, integer_one_node); | |
5489 | ||
906c4e36 | 5490 | chainon (arglist, build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, len)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5491 | } |
5492 | ||
5493 | /* Drops in. */ | |
5494 | case BUILT_IN_MEMCPY: | |
5495 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
5496 | if (!optimize) | |
5497 | break; | |
5498 | ||
5499 | if (arglist == 0 | |
5500 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
5501 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
5502 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
5503 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
5504 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
5505 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
5506 | return const0_rtx; | |
5507 | else | |
5508 | { | |
5509 | tree dest = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
5510 | tree src = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
5511 | tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
5512 | ||
5513 | int src_align | |
5514 | = get_pointer_alignment (src, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
5515 | int dest_align | |
5516 | = get_pointer_alignment (dest, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
5517 | rtx dest_rtx; | |
5518 | ||
5519 | /* If either SRC or DEST is not a pointer type, don't do | |
5520 | this operation in-line. */ | |
5521 | if (src_align == 0 || dest_align == 0) | |
5522 | { | |
5523 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_STRCPY) | |
5524 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) = 0; | |
5525 | break; | |
5526 | } | |
5527 | ||
906c4e36 | 5528 | dest_rtx = expand_expr (dest, NULL_RTX, Pmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5529 | |
5530 | /* Copy word part most expediently. */ | |
5531 | emit_block_move (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, | |
5532 | memory_address (BLKmode, dest_rtx)), | |
5533 | gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, | |
5534 | memory_address (BLKmode, | |
906c4e36 RK |
5535 | expand_expr (src, NULL_RTX, |
5536 | Pmode, | |
bbf6f052 | 5537 | EXPAND_NORMAL))), |
906c4e36 | 5538 | expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0), |
bbf6f052 RK |
5539 | MIN (src_align, dest_align)); |
5540 | return dest_rtx; | |
5541 | } | |
5542 | ||
5543 | /* These comparison functions need an instruction that returns an actual | |
5544 | index. An ordinary compare that just sets the condition codes | |
5545 | is not enough. */ | |
5546 | #ifdef HAVE_cmpstrsi | |
5547 | case BUILT_IN_STRCMP: | |
5548 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
5549 | if (!optimize) | |
5550 | break; | |
5551 | ||
5552 | if (arglist == 0 | |
5553 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
5554 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
5555 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
5556 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
5557 | return const0_rtx; | |
5558 | else if (!HAVE_cmpstrsi) | |
5559 | break; | |
5560 | { | |
5561 | tree arg1 = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
5562 | tree arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
5563 | tree offset; | |
5564 | tree len, len2; | |
5565 | ||
5566 | len = c_strlen (arg1); | |
5567 | if (len) | |
5568 | len = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, integer_one_node, len); | |
5569 | len2 = c_strlen (arg2); | |
5570 | if (len2) | |
5571 | len2 = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, integer_one_node, len2); | |
5572 | ||
5573 | /* If we don't have a constant length for the first, use the length | |
5574 | of the second, if we know it. We don't require a constant for | |
5575 | this case; some cost analysis could be done if both are available | |
5576 | but neither is constant. For now, assume they're equally cheap. | |
5577 | ||
5578 | If both strings have constant lengths, use the smaller. This | |
5579 | could arise if optimization results in strcpy being called with | |
5580 | two fixed strings, or if the code was machine-generated. We should | |
5581 | add some code to the `memcmp' handler below to deal with such | |
5582 | situations, someday. */ | |
5583 | if (!len || TREE_CODE (len) != INTEGER_CST) | |
5584 | { | |
5585 | if (len2) | |
5586 | len = len2; | |
5587 | else if (len == 0) | |
5588 | break; | |
5589 | } | |
5590 | else if (len2 && TREE_CODE (len2) == INTEGER_CST) | |
5591 | { | |
5592 | if (tree_int_cst_lt (len2, len)) | |
5593 | len = len2; | |
5594 | } | |
5595 | ||
906c4e36 | 5596 | chainon (arglist, build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, len)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5597 | } |
5598 | ||
5599 | /* Drops in. */ | |
5600 | case BUILT_IN_MEMCMP: | |
5601 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
5602 | if (!optimize) | |
5603 | break; | |
5604 | ||
5605 | if (arglist == 0 | |
5606 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
5607 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
5608 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
5609 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
5610 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
5611 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
5612 | return const0_rtx; | |
5613 | else if (!HAVE_cmpstrsi) | |
5614 | break; | |
5615 | { | |
5616 | tree arg1 = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
5617 | tree arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
5618 | tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
5619 | rtx result; | |
5620 | ||
5621 | int arg1_align | |
5622 | = get_pointer_alignment (arg1, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
5623 | int arg2_align | |
5624 | = get_pointer_alignment (arg2, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
5625 | enum machine_mode insn_mode | |
5626 | = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_cmpstrsi][0]; | |
5627 | ||
5628 | /* If we don't have POINTER_TYPE, call the function. */ | |
5629 | if (arg1_align == 0 || arg2_align == 0) | |
5630 | { | |
5631 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_STRCMP) | |
5632 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) = 0; | |
5633 | break; | |
5634 | } | |
5635 | ||
5636 | /* Make a place to write the result of the instruction. */ | |
5637 | result = target; | |
5638 | if (! (result != 0 | |
5639 | && GET_CODE (result) == REG && GET_MODE (result) == insn_mode | |
5640 | && REGNO (result) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
5641 | result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode); | |
5642 | ||
5643 | emit_insn (gen_cmpstrsi (result, | |
5644 | gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, | |
906c4e36 RK |
5645 | expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, Pmode, |
5646 | EXPAND_NORMAL)), | |
bbf6f052 | 5647 | gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, |
906c4e36 RK |
5648 | expand_expr (arg2, NULL_RTX, Pmode, |
5649 | EXPAND_NORMAL)), | |
5650 | expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0), | |
5651 | GEN_INT (MIN (arg1_align, arg2_align)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5652 | |
5653 | /* Return the value in the proper mode for this function. */ | |
5654 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
5655 | if (GET_MODE (result) == mode) | |
5656 | return result; | |
5657 | else if (target != 0) | |
5658 | { | |
5659 | convert_move (target, result, 0); | |
5660 | return target; | |
5661 | } | |
5662 | else | |
5663 | return convert_to_mode (mode, result, 0); | |
5664 | } | |
5665 | #else | |
5666 | case BUILT_IN_STRCMP: | |
5667 | case BUILT_IN_MEMCMP: | |
5668 | break; | |
5669 | #endif | |
5670 | ||
5671 | default: /* just do library call, if unknown builtin */ | |
5672 | error ("built-in function %s not currently supported", | |
5673 | IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl))); | |
5674 | } | |
5675 | ||
5676 | /* The switch statement above can drop through to cause the function | |
5677 | to be called normally. */ | |
5678 | ||
5679 | return expand_call (exp, target, ignore); | |
5680 | } | |
5681 | \f | |
5682 | /* Expand code for a post- or pre- increment or decrement | |
5683 | and return the RTX for the result. | |
5684 | POST is 1 for postinc/decrements and 0 for preinc/decrements. */ | |
5685 | ||
5686 | static rtx | |
5687 | expand_increment (exp, post) | |
5688 | register tree exp; | |
5689 | int post; | |
5690 | { | |
5691 | register rtx op0, op1; | |
5692 | register rtx temp, value; | |
5693 | register tree incremented = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
5694 | optab this_optab = add_optab; | |
5695 | int icode; | |
5696 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
5697 | int op0_is_copy = 0; | |
5698 | ||
5699 | /* Stabilize any component ref that might need to be | |
5700 | evaluated more than once below. */ | |
5701 | if (TREE_CODE (incremented) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
5702 | || (TREE_CODE (incremented) == COMPONENT_REF | |
5703 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0)) != INDIRECT_REF | |
5704 | || DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 1))))) | |
5705 | incremented = stabilize_reference (incremented); | |
5706 | ||
5707 | /* Compute the operands as RTX. | |
5708 | Note whether OP0 is the actual lvalue or a copy of it: | |
94a58076 RS |
5709 | I believe it is a copy iff it is a register or subreg |
5710 | and insns were generated in computing it. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 5711 | temp = get_last_insn (); |
906c4e36 | 5712 | op0 = expand_expr (incremented, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
94a58076 RS |
5713 | op0_is_copy = ((GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (op0) == REG) |
5714 | && temp != get_last_insn ()); | |
906c4e36 | 5715 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5716 | |
5717 | /* Decide whether incrementing or decrementing. */ | |
5718 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
5719 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
5720 | this_optab = sub_optab; | |
5721 | ||
5722 | /* If OP0 is not the actual lvalue, but rather a copy in a register, | |
5723 | then we cannot just increment OP0. We must | |
5724 | therefore contrive to increment the original value. | |
5725 | Then we can return OP0 since it is a copy of the old value. */ | |
5726 | if (op0_is_copy) | |
5727 | { | |
5728 | /* This is the easiest way to increment the value wherever it is. | |
5729 | Problems with multiple evaluation of INCREMENTED | |
5730 | are prevented because either (1) it is a component_ref, | |
5731 | in which case it was stabilized above, or (2) it is an array_ref | |
5732 | with constant index in an array in a register, which is | |
5733 | safe to reevaluate. */ | |
5734 | tree newexp = build ((this_optab == add_optab | |
5735 | ? PLUS_EXPR : MINUS_EXPR), | |
5736 | TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
5737 | incremented, | |
5738 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
5739 | temp = expand_assignment (incremented, newexp, ! post, 0); | |
5740 | return post ? op0 : temp; | |
5741 | } | |
5742 | ||
5743 | /* Convert decrement by a constant into a negative increment. */ | |
5744 | if (this_optab == sub_optab | |
5745 | && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
5746 | { | |
906c4e36 | 5747 | op1 = GEN_INT (- INTVAL (op1)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5748 | this_optab = add_optab; |
5749 | } | |
5750 | ||
5751 | if (post) | |
5752 | { | |
5753 | /* We have a true reference to the value in OP0. | |
5754 | If there is an insn to add or subtract in this mode, queue it. */ | |
5755 | ||
5756 | #if 0 /* Turned off to avoid making extra insn for indexed memref. */ | |
5757 | op0 = stabilize (op0); | |
5758 | #endif | |
5759 | ||
5760 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
5761 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
5762 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
5763 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
5764 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (op0, mode) | |
5765 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (op0, mode)) | |
5766 | { | |
5767 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode)) | |
5768 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); | |
5769 | ||
5770 | return enqueue_insn (op0, GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op0, op1)); | |
5771 | } | |
5772 | } | |
5773 | ||
5774 | /* Preincrement, or we can't increment with one simple insn. */ | |
5775 | if (post) | |
5776 | /* Save a copy of the value before inc or dec, to return it later. */ | |
5777 | temp = value = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
5778 | else | |
5779 | /* Arrange to return the incremented value. */ | |
5780 | /* Copy the rtx because expand_binop will protect from the queue, | |
5781 | and the results of that would be invalid for us to return | |
5782 | if our caller does emit_queue before using our result. */ | |
5783 | temp = copy_rtx (value = op0); | |
5784 | ||
5785 | /* Increment however we can. */ | |
5786 | op1 = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, value, op1, op0, | |
5787 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
5788 | /* Make sure the value is stored into OP0. */ | |
5789 | if (op1 != op0) | |
5790 | emit_move_insn (op0, op1); | |
5791 | ||
5792 | return temp; | |
5793 | } | |
5794 | \f | |
5795 | /* Expand all function calls contained within EXP, innermost ones first. | |
5796 | But don't look within expressions that have sequence points. | |
5797 | For each CALL_EXPR, record the rtx for its value | |
5798 | in the CALL_EXPR_RTL field. */ | |
5799 | ||
5800 | static void | |
5801 | preexpand_calls (exp) | |
5802 | tree exp; | |
5803 | { | |
5804 | register int nops, i; | |
5805 | int type = TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)); | |
5806 | ||
5807 | if (! do_preexpand_calls) | |
5808 | return; | |
5809 | ||
5810 | /* Only expressions and references can contain calls. */ | |
5811 | ||
5812 | if (type != 'e' && type != '<' && type != '1' && type != '2' && type != 'r') | |
5813 | return; | |
5814 | ||
5815 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
5816 | { | |
5817 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
5818 | /* Do nothing if already expanded. */ | |
5819 | if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0) | |
5820 | return; | |
5821 | ||
5822 | /* Do nothing to built-in functions. */ | |
5823 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) != ADDR_EXPR | |
5824 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) != FUNCTION_DECL | |
5825 | || ! DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
906c4e36 | 5826 | CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) = expand_call (exp, NULL_RTX, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5827 | return; |
5828 | ||
5829 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: | |
5830 | case COND_EXPR: | |
5831 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
5832 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
5833 | /* If we find one of these, then we can be sure | |
5834 | the adjust will be done for it (since it makes jumps). | |
5835 | Do it now, so that if this is inside an argument | |
5836 | of a function, we don't get the stack adjustment | |
5837 | after some other args have already been pushed. */ | |
5838 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
5839 | return; | |
5840 | ||
5841 | case BLOCK: | |
5842 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
5843 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
5844 | return; | |
5845 | ||
5846 | case SAVE_EXPR: | |
5847 | if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0) | |
5848 | return; | |
5849 | } | |
5850 | ||
5851 | nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)]; | |
5852 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) | |
5853 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0) | |
5854 | { | |
5855 | type = TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i))); | |
5856 | if (type == 'e' || type == '<' || type == '1' || type == '2' | |
5857 | || type == 'r') | |
5858 | preexpand_calls (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i)); | |
5859 | } | |
5860 | } | |
5861 | \f | |
5862 | /* At the start of a function, record that we have no previously-pushed | |
5863 | arguments waiting to be popped. */ | |
5864 | ||
5865 | void | |
5866 | init_pending_stack_adjust () | |
5867 | { | |
5868 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
5869 | } | |
5870 | ||
5871 | /* When exiting from function, if safe, clear out any pending stack adjust | |
5872 | so the adjustment won't get done. */ | |
5873 | ||
5874 | void | |
5875 | clear_pending_stack_adjust () | |
5876 | { | |
5877 | #ifdef EXIT_IGNORE_STACK | |
5878 | if (! flag_omit_frame_pointer && EXIT_IGNORE_STACK | |
81feeecb | 5879 | && ! (DECL_INLINE (current_function_decl) && ! flag_no_inline) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5880 | && ! flag_inline_functions) |
5881 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
5882 | #endif | |
5883 | } | |
5884 | ||
5885 | /* Pop any previously-pushed arguments that have not been popped yet. */ | |
5886 | ||
5887 | void | |
5888 | do_pending_stack_adjust () | |
5889 | { | |
5890 | if (inhibit_defer_pop == 0) | |
5891 | { | |
5892 | if (pending_stack_adjust != 0) | |
906c4e36 | 5893 | adjust_stack (GEN_INT (pending_stack_adjust)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5894 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; |
5895 | } | |
5896 | } | |
5897 | ||
5898 | /* Expand all cleanups up to OLD_CLEANUPS. | |
5899 | Needed here, and also for language-dependent calls. */ | |
5900 | ||
5901 | void | |
5902 | expand_cleanups_to (old_cleanups) | |
5903 | tree old_cleanups; | |
5904 | { | |
5905 | while (cleanups_this_call != old_cleanups) | |
5906 | { | |
906c4e36 | 5907 | expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (cleanups_this_call), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5908 | cleanups_this_call = TREE_CHAIN (cleanups_this_call); |
5909 | } | |
5910 | } | |
5911 | \f | |
5912 | /* Expand conditional expressions. */ | |
5913 | ||
5914 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is zero. | |
5915 | LABEL is an rtx of code CODE_LABEL, in this function and all the | |
5916 | functions here. */ | |
5917 | ||
5918 | void | |
5919 | jumpifnot (exp, label) | |
5920 | tree exp; | |
5921 | rtx label; | |
5922 | { | |
906c4e36 | 5923 | do_jump (exp, label, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5924 | } |
5925 | ||
5926 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is nonzero. */ | |
5927 | ||
5928 | void | |
5929 | jumpif (exp, label) | |
5930 | tree exp; | |
5931 | rtx label; | |
5932 | { | |
906c4e36 | 5933 | do_jump (exp, NULL_RTX, label); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5934 | } |
5935 | ||
5936 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to IF_FALSE_LABEL if | |
5937 | the result is zero, or IF_TRUE_LABEL if the result is one. | |
5938 | Either of IF_FALSE_LABEL and IF_TRUE_LABEL may be zero, | |
5939 | meaning fall through in that case. | |
5940 | ||
e7c33f54 RK |
5941 | do_jump always does any pending stack adjust except when it does not |
5942 | actually perform a jump. An example where there is no jump | |
5943 | is when EXP is `(foo (), 0)' and IF_FALSE_LABEL is null. | |
5944 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5945 | This function is responsible for optimizing cases such as |
5946 | &&, || and comparison operators in EXP. */ | |
5947 | ||
5948 | void | |
5949 | do_jump (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
5950 | tree exp; | |
5951 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
5952 | { | |
5953 | register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
5954 | /* Some cases need to create a label to jump to | |
5955 | in order to properly fall through. | |
5956 | These cases set DROP_THROUGH_LABEL nonzero. */ | |
5957 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
5958 | rtx temp; | |
5959 | rtx comparison = 0; | |
5960 | int i; | |
5961 | tree type; | |
5962 | ||
5963 | emit_queue (); | |
5964 | ||
5965 | switch (code) | |
5966 | { | |
5967 | case ERROR_MARK: | |
5968 | break; | |
5969 | ||
5970 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
5971 | temp = integer_zerop (exp) ? if_false_label : if_true_label; | |
5972 | if (temp) | |
5973 | emit_jump (temp); | |
5974 | break; | |
5975 | ||
5976 | #if 0 | |
5977 | /* This is not true with #pragma weak */ | |
5978 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
5979 | /* The address of something can never be zero. */ | |
5980 | if (if_true_label) | |
5981 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
5982 | break; | |
5983 | #endif | |
5984 | ||
5985 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
5986 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
5987 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
5988 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ARRAY_REF) | |
5989 | goto normal; | |
5990 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
5991 | /* If we are narrowing the operand, we have to do the compare in the | |
5992 | narrower mode. */ | |
5993 | if ((TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
5994 | < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
5995 | goto normal; | |
5996 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
5997 | case REFERENCE_EXPR: | |
5998 | case ABS_EXPR: | |
5999 | case NEGATE_EXPR: | |
6000 | case LROTATE_EXPR: | |
6001 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
6002 | /* These cannot change zero->non-zero or vice versa. */ | |
6003 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
6004 | break; | |
6005 | ||
6006 | #if 0 | |
6007 | /* This is never less insns than evaluating the PLUS_EXPR followed by | |
6008 | a test and can be longer if the test is eliminated. */ | |
6009 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
6010 | /* Reduce to minus. */ | |
6011 | exp = build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
6012 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
6013 | fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
6014 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); | |
6015 | /* Process as MINUS. */ | |
6016 | #endif | |
6017 | ||
6018 | case MINUS_EXPR: | |
6019 | /* Non-zero iff operands of minus differ. */ | |
6020 | comparison = compare (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
6021 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
6022 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
6023 | NE, NE); | |
6024 | break; | |
6025 | ||
6026 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: | |
6027 | /* If we are AND'ing with a small constant, do this comparison in the | |
6028 | smallest type that fits. If the machine doesn't have comparisons | |
6029 | that small, it will be converted back to the wider comparison. | |
6030 | This helps if we are testing the sign bit of a narrower object. | |
6031 | combine can't do this for us because it can't know whether a | |
6032 | ZERO_EXTRACT or a compare in a smaller mode exists, but we do. */ | |
6033 | ||
08af8e09 RK |
6034 | if (! SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS |
6035 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
906c4e36 | 6036 | && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
bbf6f052 RK |
6037 | && (i = floor_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) >= 0 |
6038 | && (type = type_for_size (i + 1, 1)) != 0 | |
08af8e09 RK |
6039 | && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
6040 | && (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) TYPE_MODE (type)].insn_code | |
6041 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6042 | { |
6043 | do_jump (convert (type, exp), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
6044 | break; | |
6045 | } | |
6046 | goto normal; | |
6047 | ||
6048 | case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: | |
6049 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
6050 | break; | |
6051 | ||
6052 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
6053 | if (if_false_label == 0) | |
6054 | if_false_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
906c4e36 | 6055 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6056 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); |
6057 | break; | |
6058 | ||
6059 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
6060 | if (if_true_label == 0) | |
6061 | if_true_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
906c4e36 | 6062 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, if_true_label); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6063 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); |
6064 | break; | |
6065 | ||
6066 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: | |
6067 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6068 | free_temp_slots (); | |
6069 | emit_queue (); | |
e7c33f54 | 6070 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6071 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); |
6072 | break; | |
6073 | ||
6074 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
6075 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
6076 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
6077 | { | |
6078 | int bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp; | |
6079 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
6080 | tree type; | |
7bb0943f | 6081 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6082 | int volatilep = 0; |
6083 | ||
6084 | /* Get description of this reference. We don't actually care | |
6085 | about the underlying object here. */ | |
7bb0943f RS |
6086 | get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, |
6087 | &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6088 | |
6089 | type = type_for_size (bitsize, unsignedp); | |
08af8e09 RK |
6090 | if (! SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS |
6091 | && type != 0 && bitsize >= 0 | |
6092 | && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
6093 | && (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) TYPE_MODE (type)].insn_code | |
6094 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6095 | { |
6096 | do_jump (convert (type, exp), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
6097 | break; | |
6098 | } | |
6099 | goto normal; | |
6100 | } | |
6101 | ||
6102 | case COND_EXPR: | |
6103 | /* Do (a ? 1 : 0) and (a ? 0 : 1) as special cases. */ | |
6104 | if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
6105 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
6106 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
6107 | ||
6108 | else if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
6109 | && integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
6110 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
6111 | ||
6112 | else | |
6113 | { | |
6114 | register rtx label1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6115 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
906c4e36 | 6116 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), label1, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6117 | /* Now the THEN-expression. */ |
6118 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
6119 | if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label, | |
6120 | if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label); | |
e7c33f54 RK |
6121 | /* In case the do_jump just above never jumps. */ |
6122 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6123 | emit_label (label1); |
6124 | /* Now the ELSE-expression. */ | |
6125 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
6126 | if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label, | |
6127 | if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label); | |
6128 | } | |
6129 | break; | |
6130 | ||
6131 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
6132 | if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6133 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
6134 | else if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
6135 | == MODE_INT) | |
6136 | && | |
6137 | !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
6138 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
6139 | else | |
6140 | comparison = compare (exp, EQ, EQ); | |
6141 | break; | |
6142 | ||
6143 | case NE_EXPR: | |
6144 | if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6145 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
6146 | else if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
6147 | == MODE_INT) | |
6148 | && | |
6149 | !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
6150 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
6151 | else | |
6152 | comparison = compare (exp, NE, NE); | |
6153 | break; | |
6154 | ||
6155 | case LT_EXPR: | |
6156 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
6157 | == MODE_INT) | |
6158 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
6159 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 1, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
6160 | else | |
6161 | comparison = compare (exp, LT, LTU); | |
6162 | break; | |
6163 | ||
6164 | case LE_EXPR: | |
6165 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
6166 | == MODE_INT) | |
6167 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
6168 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 0, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
6169 | else | |
6170 | comparison = compare (exp, LE, LEU); | |
6171 | break; | |
6172 | ||
6173 | case GT_EXPR: | |
6174 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
6175 | == MODE_INT) | |
6176 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
6177 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 0, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
6178 | else | |
6179 | comparison = compare (exp, GT, GTU); | |
6180 | break; | |
6181 | ||
6182 | case GE_EXPR: | |
6183 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
6184 | == MODE_INT) | |
6185 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
6186 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 1, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
6187 | else | |
6188 | comparison = compare (exp, GE, GEU); | |
6189 | break; | |
6190 | ||
6191 | default: | |
6192 | normal: | |
906c4e36 | 6193 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6194 | #if 0 |
6195 | /* This is not needed any more and causes poor code since it causes | |
6196 | comparisons and tests from non-SI objects to have different code | |
6197 | sequences. */ | |
6198 | /* Copy to register to avoid generating bad insns by cse | |
6199 | from (set (mem ...) (arithop)) (set (cc0) (mem ...)). */ | |
6200 | if (!cse_not_expected && GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) | |
6201 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
6202 | #endif | |
6203 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
6204 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT) | |
6205 | comparison = (temp == const0_rtx ? const0_rtx : const_true_rtx); | |
6206 | else if (GET_CODE (temp) == LABEL_REF) | |
6207 | comparison = const_true_rtx; | |
6208 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT | |
6209 | && !can_compare_p (GET_MODE (temp))) | |
6210 | /* Note swapping the labels gives us not-equal. */ | |
6211 | do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (temp, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
6212 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
6213 | comparison = compare_from_rtx (temp, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (temp)), | |
cd1b4b44 RK |
6214 | NE, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), |
6215 | GET_MODE (temp), NULL_RTX, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6216 | else |
6217 | abort (); | |
6218 | } | |
6219 | ||
6220 | /* Do any postincrements in the expression that was tested. */ | |
6221 | emit_queue (); | |
6222 | ||
6223 | /* If COMPARISON is nonzero here, it is an rtx that can be substituted | |
6224 | straight into a conditional jump instruction as the jump condition. | |
6225 | Otherwise, all the work has been done already. */ | |
6226 | ||
6227 | if (comparison == const_true_rtx) | |
6228 | { | |
6229 | if (if_true_label) | |
6230 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
6231 | } | |
6232 | else if (comparison == const0_rtx) | |
6233 | { | |
6234 | if (if_false_label) | |
6235 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
6236 | } | |
6237 | else if (comparison) | |
6238 | do_jump_for_compare (comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
6239 | ||
6240 | free_temp_slots (); | |
6241 | ||
6242 | if (drop_through_label) | |
e7c33f54 RK |
6243 | { |
6244 | /* If do_jump produces code that might be jumped around, | |
6245 | do any stack adjusts from that code, before the place | |
6246 | where control merges in. */ | |
6247 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
6248 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
6249 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6250 | } |
6251 | \f | |
6252 | /* Given a comparison expression EXP for values too wide to be compared | |
6253 | with one insn, test the comparison and jump to the appropriate label. | |
6254 | The code of EXP is ignored; we always test GT if SWAP is 0, | |
6255 | and LT if SWAP is 1. */ | |
6256 | ||
6257 | static void | |
6258 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, swap, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
6259 | tree exp; | |
6260 | int swap; | |
6261 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
6262 | { | |
906c4e36 RK |
6263 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, swap), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
6264 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, !swap), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6265 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); |
6266 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
6267 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
6268 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
6269 | int i; | |
6270 | ||
6271 | if (! if_true_label || ! if_false_label) | |
6272 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6273 | if (! if_true_label) | |
6274 | if_true_label = drop_through_label; | |
6275 | if (! if_false_label) | |
6276 | if_false_label = drop_through_label; | |
6277 | ||
6278 | /* Compare a word at a time, high order first. */ | |
6279 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
6280 | { | |
6281 | rtx comp; | |
6282 | rtx op0_word, op1_word; | |
6283 | ||
6284 | if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) | |
6285 | { | |
6286 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode); | |
6287 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode); | |
6288 | } | |
6289 | else | |
6290 | { | |
6291 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
6292 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
6293 | } | |
6294 | ||
6295 | /* All but high-order word must be compared as unsigned. */ | |
6296 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, | |
6297 | (unsignedp || i > 0) ? GTU : GT, | |
906c4e36 | 6298 | unsignedp, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6299 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) |
6300 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
6301 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
906c4e36 | 6302 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_true_label); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6303 | |
6304 | /* Consider lower words only if these are equal. */ | |
6305 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, NE, unsignedp, word_mode, | |
906c4e36 | 6306 | NULL_RTX, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6307 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) |
6308 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
6309 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
906c4e36 | 6310 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_false_label); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6311 | } |
6312 | ||
6313 | if (if_false_label) | |
6314 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
6315 | if (drop_through_label) | |
6316 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
6317 | } | |
6318 | ||
6319 | /* Given an EQ_EXPR expression EXP for values too wide to be compared | |
6320 | with one insn, test the comparison and jump to the appropriate label. */ | |
6321 | ||
6322 | static void | |
6323 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
6324 | tree exp; | |
6325 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
6326 | { | |
906c4e36 RK |
6327 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
6328 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6329 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); |
6330 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
6331 | int i; | |
6332 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
6333 | ||
6334 | if (! if_false_label) | |
6335 | drop_through_label = if_false_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6336 | ||
6337 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
6338 | { | |
6339 | rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode), | |
6340 | operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode), | |
cd1b4b44 RK |
6341 | EQ, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), |
6342 | word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6343 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) |
6344 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
6345 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
906c4e36 | 6346 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6347 | } |
6348 | ||
6349 | if (if_true_label) | |
6350 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
6351 | if (drop_through_label) | |
6352 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
6353 | } | |
6354 | \f | |
6355 | /* Jump according to whether OP0 is 0. | |
6356 | We assume that OP0 has an integer mode that is too wide | |
6357 | for the available compare insns. */ | |
6358 | ||
6359 | static void | |
6360 | do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (op0, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
6361 | rtx op0; | |
6362 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
6363 | { | |
6364 | int nwords = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
6365 | int i; | |
6366 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
6367 | ||
6368 | if (! if_false_label) | |
6369 | drop_through_label = if_false_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6370 | ||
6371 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
6372 | { | |
6373 | rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (operand_subword_force (op0, i, | |
6374 | GET_MODE (op0)), | |
cd1b4b44 | 6375 | const0_rtx, EQ, 1, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6376 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) |
6377 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
6378 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
906c4e36 | 6379 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6380 | } |
6381 | ||
6382 | if (if_true_label) | |
6383 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
6384 | if (drop_through_label) | |
6385 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
6386 | } | |
6387 | ||
6388 | /* Given a comparison expression in rtl form, output conditional branches to | |
6389 | IF_TRUE_LABEL, IF_FALSE_LABEL, or both. */ | |
6390 | ||
6391 | static void | |
6392 | do_jump_for_compare (comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
6393 | rtx comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
6394 | { | |
6395 | if (if_true_label) | |
6396 | { | |
6397 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] != 0) | |
6398 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) (if_true_label)); | |
6399 | else | |
6400 | abort (); | |
6401 | ||
6402 | if (if_false_label) | |
6403 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
6404 | } | |
6405 | else if (if_false_label) | |
6406 | { | |
6407 | rtx insn; | |
6408 | rtx prev = PREV_INSN (get_last_insn ()); | |
6409 | rtx branch = 0; | |
6410 | ||
6411 | /* Output the branch with the opposite condition. Then try to invert | |
6412 | what is generated. If more than one insn is a branch, or if the | |
6413 | branch is not the last insn written, abort. If we can't invert | |
6414 | the branch, emit make a true label, redirect this jump to that, | |
6415 | emit a jump to the false label and define the true label. */ | |
6416 | ||
6417 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] != 0) | |
6418 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) (if_false_label)); | |
6419 | else | |
6420 | abort (); | |
6421 | ||
6422 | /* Here we get the insn before what was just emitted. | |
6423 | On some machines, emitting the branch can discard | |
6424 | the previous compare insn and emit a replacement. */ | |
6425 | if (prev == 0) | |
6426 | /* If there's only one preceding insn... */ | |
6427 | insn = get_insns (); | |
6428 | else | |
6429 | insn = NEXT_INSN (prev); | |
6430 | ||
6431 | for (insn = NEXT_INSN (insn); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) | |
6432 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN) | |
6433 | { | |
6434 | if (branch) | |
6435 | abort (); | |
6436 | branch = insn; | |
6437 | } | |
6438 | ||
6439 | if (branch != get_last_insn ()) | |
6440 | abort (); | |
6441 | ||
6442 | if (! invert_jump (branch, if_false_label)) | |
6443 | { | |
6444 | if_true_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6445 | redirect_jump (branch, if_true_label); | |
6446 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
6447 | emit_label (if_true_label); | |
6448 | } | |
6449 | } | |
6450 | } | |
6451 | \f | |
6452 | /* Generate code for a comparison expression EXP | |
6453 | (including code to compute the values to be compared) | |
6454 | and set (CC0) according to the result. | |
6455 | SIGNED_CODE should be the rtx operation for this comparison for | |
6456 | signed data; UNSIGNED_CODE, likewise for use if data is unsigned. | |
6457 | ||
6458 | We force a stack adjustment unless there are currently | |
6459 | things pushed on the stack that aren't yet used. */ | |
6460 | ||
6461 | static rtx | |
6462 | compare (exp, signed_code, unsigned_code) | |
6463 | register tree exp; | |
6464 | enum rtx_code signed_code, unsigned_code; | |
6465 | { | |
906c4e36 RK |
6466 | register rtx op0 |
6467 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6468 | register rtx op1 | |
6469 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6470 | register tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
6471 | register enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
6472 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
6473 | enum rtx_code code = unsignedp ? unsigned_code : signed_code; | |
6474 | ||
6475 | return compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode, | |
6476 | ((mode == BLKmode) | |
906c4e36 | 6477 | ? expr_size (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) : NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 RK |
6478 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
6479 | } | |
6480 | ||
6481 | /* Like compare but expects the values to compare as two rtx's. | |
6482 | The decision as to signed or unsigned comparison must be made by the caller. | |
6483 | ||
6484 | If MODE is BLKmode, SIZE is an RTX giving the size of the objects being | |
6485 | compared. | |
6486 | ||
6487 | If ALIGN is non-zero, it is the alignment of this type; if zero, the | |
6488 | size of MODE should be used. */ | |
6489 | ||
6490 | rtx | |
6491 | compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode, size, align) | |
6492 | register rtx op0, op1; | |
6493 | enum rtx_code code; | |
6494 | int unsignedp; | |
6495 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
6496 | rtx size; | |
6497 | int align; | |
6498 | { | |
6499 | /* If one operand is constant, make it the second one. */ | |
6500 | ||
6501 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_DOUBLE) | |
6502 | { | |
6503 | rtx tem = op0; | |
6504 | op0 = op1; | |
6505 | op1 = tem; | |
6506 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
6507 | } | |
6508 | ||
6509 | if (flag_force_mem) | |
6510 | { | |
6511 | op0 = force_not_mem (op0); | |
6512 | op1 = force_not_mem (op1); | |
6513 | } | |
6514 | ||
6515 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
6516 | ||
6517 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
6518 | return simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, op0, op1); | |
6519 | ||
cd1b4b44 RK |
6520 | #if 0 |
6521 | /* There's no need to do this now that combine.c can eliminate lots of | |
6522 | sign extensions. This can be less efficient in certain cases on other | |
6523 | machines. | |
6524 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6525 | /* If this is a signed equality comparison, we can do it as an |
6526 | unsigned comparison since zero-extension is cheaper than sign | |
77fa0940 RK |
6527 | extension and comparisons with zero are done as unsigned. This is |
6528 | the case even on machines that can do fast sign extension, since | |
6529 | zero-extension is easier to combinen with other operations than | |
6530 | sign-extension is. If we are comparing against a constant, we must | |
6531 | convert it to what it would look like unsigned. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 6532 | if ((code == EQ || code == NE) && ! unsignedp |
906c4e36 | 6533 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6534 | { |
6535 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT | |
6536 | && (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))) != INTVAL (op1)) | |
906c4e36 | 6537 | op1 = GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6538 | unsignedp = 1; |
6539 | } | |
cd1b4b44 | 6540 | #endif |
bbf6f052 RK |
6541 | |
6542 | emit_cmp_insn (op0, op1, code, size, mode, unsignedp, align); | |
6543 | ||
6544 | return gen_rtx (code, VOIDmode, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx); | |
6545 | } | |
6546 | \f | |
6547 | /* Generate code to calculate EXP using a store-flag instruction | |
e7c33f54 RK |
6548 | and return an rtx for the result. EXP is either a comparison |
6549 | or a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR whose operand is a comparison. | |
6550 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6551 | If TARGET is nonzero, store the result there if convenient. |
6552 | ||
6553 | If ONLY_CHEAP is non-zero, only do this if it is likely to be very | |
6554 | cheap. | |
6555 | ||
6556 | Return zero if there is no suitable set-flag instruction | |
6557 | available on this machine. | |
6558 | ||
6559 | Once expand_expr has been called on the arguments of the comparison, | |
6560 | we are committed to doing the store flag, since it is not safe to | |
6561 | re-evaluate the expression. We emit the store-flag insn by calling | |
6562 | emit_store_flag, but only expand the arguments if we have a reason | |
6563 | to believe that emit_store_flag will be successful. If we think that | |
6564 | it will, but it isn't, we have to simulate the store-flag with a | |
6565 | set/jump/set sequence. */ | |
6566 | ||
6567 | static rtx | |
6568 | do_store_flag (exp, target, mode, only_cheap) | |
6569 | tree exp; | |
6570 | rtx target; | |
6571 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
6572 | int only_cheap; | |
6573 | { | |
6574 | enum rtx_code code; | |
e7c33f54 | 6575 | tree arg0, arg1, type; |
bbf6f052 | 6576 | tree tem; |
e7c33f54 RK |
6577 | enum machine_mode operand_mode; |
6578 | int invert = 0; | |
6579 | int unsignedp; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6580 | rtx op0, op1; |
6581 | enum insn_code icode; | |
6582 | rtx subtarget = target; | |
6583 | rtx result, label, pattern, jump_pat; | |
6584 | ||
e7c33f54 RK |
6585 | /* If this is a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR, set a flag indicating we must invert the |
6586 | result at the end. We can't simply invert the test since it would | |
6587 | have already been inverted if it were valid. This case occurs for | |
6588 | some floating-point comparisons. */ | |
6589 | ||
6590 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TRUTH_NOT_EXPR) | |
6591 | invert = 1, exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
6592 | ||
6593 | arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
6594 | arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6595 | type = TREE_TYPE (arg0); | |
6596 | operand_mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
6597 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
6598 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6599 | /* We won't bother with BLKmode store-flag operations because it would mean |
6600 | passing a lot of information to emit_store_flag. */ | |
6601 | if (operand_mode == BLKmode) | |
6602 | return 0; | |
6603 | ||
d964285c CH |
6604 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); |
6605 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6606 | |
6607 | /* Get the rtx comparison code to use. We know that EXP is a comparison | |
6608 | operation of some type. Some comparisons against 1 and -1 can be | |
6609 | converted to comparisons with zero. Do so here so that the tests | |
6610 | below will be aware that we have a comparison with zero. These | |
6611 | tests will not catch constants in the first operand, but constants | |
6612 | are rarely passed as the first operand. */ | |
6613 | ||
6614 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
6615 | { | |
6616 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
6617 | code = EQ; | |
6618 | break; | |
6619 | case NE_EXPR: | |
6620 | code = NE; | |
6621 | break; | |
6622 | case LT_EXPR: | |
6623 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
6624 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
6625 | else | |
6626 | code = unsignedp ? LTU : LT; | |
6627 | break; | |
6628 | case LE_EXPR: | |
6629 | if (integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
6630 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? LTU : LT; | |
6631 | else | |
6632 | code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
6633 | break; | |
6634 | case GT_EXPR: | |
6635 | if (integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
6636 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE; | |
6637 | else | |
6638 | code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
6639 | break; | |
6640 | case GE_EXPR: | |
6641 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
6642 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
6643 | else | |
6644 | code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE; | |
6645 | break; | |
6646 | default: | |
6647 | abort (); | |
6648 | } | |
6649 | ||
6650 | /* Put a constant second. */ | |
6651 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == REAL_CST || TREE_CODE (arg0) == INTEGER_CST) | |
6652 | { | |
6653 | tem = arg0; arg0 = arg1; arg1 = tem; | |
6654 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
6655 | } | |
6656 | ||
6657 | /* If this is an equality or inequality test of a single bit, we can | |
6658 | do this by shifting the bit being tested to the low-order bit and | |
6659 | masking the result with the constant 1. If the condition was EQ, | |
6660 | we xor it with 1. This does not require an scc insn and is faster | |
6661 | than an scc insn even if we have it. */ | |
6662 | ||
6663 | if ((code == NE || code == EQ) | |
6664 | && TREE_CODE (arg0) == BIT_AND_EXPR && integer_zerop (arg1) | |
6665 | && integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1)) | |
906c4e36 | 6666 | && TYPE_PRECISION (type) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6667 | { |
6668 | int bitnum = exact_log2 (INTVAL (expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1), | |
906c4e36 | 6669 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6670 | |
6671 | if (subtarget == 0 || GET_CODE (subtarget) != REG | |
6672 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode | |
6673 | || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0))) | |
6674 | subtarget = 0; | |
6675 | ||
6676 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6677 | ||
6678 | if (bitnum != 0) | |
6679 | op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, | |
6680 | size_int (bitnum), target, 1); | |
6681 | ||
6682 | if (GET_MODE (op0) != mode) | |
6683 | op0 = convert_to_mode (mode, op0, 1); | |
6684 | ||
6685 | if (bitnum != TYPE_PRECISION (type) - 1) | |
6686 | op0 = expand_and (op0, const1_rtx, target); | |
6687 | ||
e7c33f54 | 6688 | if ((code == EQ && ! invert) || (code == NE && invert)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6689 | op0 = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, target, 0, |
6690 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
6691 | ||
6692 | return op0; | |
6693 | } | |
6694 | ||
6695 | /* Now see if we are likely to be able to do this. Return if not. */ | |
6696 | if (! can_compare_p (operand_mode)) | |
6697 | return 0; | |
6698 | icode = setcc_gen_code[(int) code]; | |
6699 | if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing | |
6700 | || (only_cheap && insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][0] != mode)) | |
6701 | { | |
6702 | /* We can only do this if it is one of the special cases that | |
6703 | can be handled without an scc insn. */ | |
6704 | if ((code == LT && integer_zerop (arg1)) | |
6705 | || (! only_cheap && code == GE && integer_zerop (arg1))) | |
6706 | ; | |
6707 | else if (BRANCH_COST >= 0 | |
6708 | && ! only_cheap && (code == NE || code == EQ) | |
6709 | && TREE_CODE (type) != REAL_TYPE | |
6710 | && ((abs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
6711 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
6712 | || (ffs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
6713 | != CODE_FOR_nothing))) | |
6714 | ; | |
6715 | else | |
6716 | return 0; | |
6717 | } | |
6718 | ||
6719 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
6720 | if (subtarget == 0 || GET_CODE (subtarget) != REG | |
6721 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode | |
6722 | || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, arg1)) | |
6723 | subtarget = 0; | |
6724 | ||
6725 | op0 = expand_expr (arg0, subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 6726 | op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6727 | |
6728 | if (target == 0) | |
6729 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6730 | ||
6731 | result = emit_store_flag (target, code, op0, op1, operand_mode, | |
6732 | unsignedp, 1); | |
6733 | ||
6734 | if (result) | |
e7c33f54 RK |
6735 | { |
6736 | if (invert) | |
6737 | result = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, result, const1_rtx, | |
6738 | result, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
6739 | return result; | |
6740 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6741 | |
6742 | /* If this failed, we have to do this with set/compare/jump/set code. */ | |
6743 | if (target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) != REG | |
6744 | || reg_mentioned_p (target, op0) || reg_mentioned_p (target, op1)) | |
6745 | target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
6746 | ||
e7c33f54 | 6747 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); |
906c4e36 RK |
6748 | result = compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, |
6749 | operand_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 6750 | if (GET_CODE (result) == CONST_INT) |
e7c33f54 RK |
6751 | return (((result == const0_rtx && ! invert) |
6752 | || (result != const0_rtx && invert)) | |
6753 | ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6754 | |
6755 | label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6756 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code] == 0) | |
6757 | abort (); | |
6758 | ||
6759 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code]) (label)); | |
e7c33f54 | 6760 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6761 | emit_label (label); |
6762 | ||
6763 | return target; | |
6764 | } | |
6765 | \f | |
6766 | /* Generate a tablejump instruction (used for switch statements). */ | |
6767 | ||
6768 | #ifdef HAVE_tablejump | |
6769 | ||
6770 | /* INDEX is the value being switched on, with the lowest value | |
6771 | in the table already subtracted. | |
88d3b7f0 | 6772 | MODE is its expected mode (needed if INDEX is constant). |
bbf6f052 RK |
6773 | RANGE is the length of the jump table. |
6774 | TABLE_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx for the table itself. | |
6775 | ||
6776 | DEFAULT_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx to jump to if the | |
6777 | index value is out of range. */ | |
6778 | ||
6779 | void | |
e87b4f3f | 6780 | do_tablejump (index, mode, range, table_label, default_label) |
bbf6f052 | 6781 | rtx index, range, table_label, default_label; |
e87b4f3f | 6782 | enum machine_mode mode; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6783 | { |
6784 | register rtx temp, vector; | |
6785 | ||
88d3b7f0 RS |
6786 | /* Do an unsigned comparison (in the proper mode) between the index |
6787 | expression and the value which represents the length of the range. | |
6788 | Since we just finished subtracting the lower bound of the range | |
6789 | from the index expression, this comparison allows us to simultaneously | |
6790 | check that the original index expression value is both greater than | |
6791 | or equal to the minimum value of the range and less than or equal to | |
6792 | the maximum value of the range. */ | |
e87b4f3f | 6793 | |
906c4e36 | 6794 | emit_cmp_insn (range, index, LTU, NULL_RTX, mode, 0, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 6795 | emit_jump_insn (gen_bltu (default_label)); |
88d3b7f0 RS |
6796 | |
6797 | /* If index is in range, it must fit in Pmode. | |
6798 | Convert to Pmode so we can index with it. */ | |
6799 | if (mode != Pmode) | |
6800 | index = convert_to_mode (Pmode, index, 1); | |
6801 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6802 | /* If flag_force_addr were to affect this address |
6803 | it could interfere with the tricky assumptions made | |
6804 | about addresses that contain label-refs, | |
6805 | which may be valid only very near the tablejump itself. */ | |
6806 | /* ??? The only correct use of CASE_VECTOR_MODE is the one inside the | |
6807 | GET_MODE_SIZE, because this indicates how large insns are. The other | |
6808 | uses should all be Pmode, because they are addresses. This code | |
6809 | could fail if addresses and insns are not the same size. */ | |
6810 | index = memory_address_noforce | |
6811 | (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, | |
6812 | gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, | |
6813 | gen_rtx (MULT, Pmode, index, | |
906c4e36 | 6814 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (CASE_VECTOR_MODE))), |
bbf6f052 RK |
6815 | gen_rtx (LABEL_REF, Pmode, table_label))); |
6816 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (CASE_VECTOR_MODE); | |
6817 | vector = gen_rtx (MEM, CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); | |
6818 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (vector) = 1; | |
6819 | convert_move (temp, vector, 0); | |
6820 | ||
6821 | emit_jump_insn (gen_tablejump (temp, table_label)); | |
6822 | ||
6823 | #ifndef CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE | |
6824 | /* If we are generating PIC code or if the table is PC-relative, the | |
6825 | table and JUMP_INSN must be adjacent, so don't output a BARRIER. */ | |
6826 | if (! flag_pic) | |
6827 | emit_barrier (); | |
6828 | #endif | |
6829 | } | |
6830 | ||
6831 | #endif /* HAVE_tablejump */ |